Last modified by Artur K. on 2026/05/29 14:28

From version 15.7
edited by Helena K.
on 2025/05/22 15:52
Change comment: There is no comment for this version
To version 4.1
edited by Helena K.
on 2025/05/21 17:23
Change comment: There is no comment for this version

Summary

Details

Page properties
Content
... ... @@ -4,106 +4,123 @@
4 4  
5 5  **Revision History**
6 6  
7 -(% style="width:954.835px" %)
8 -|(% style="width:106px" %)**Revision**|(% style="width:124px" %)**Date**|(% style="width:723px" %)**Contents**
9 -|(% style="width:106px" %) |(% style="width:124px" %)April 2011|(% style="width:723px" %)Initial release
10 -|(% style="width:106px" %)1.0|(% style="width:124px" %)April 2013|(% style="width:723px" %)Added section 9 - Transforming between versions of SDMX
11 -|(% style="width:106px" %)2.0|(% style="width:124px" %)July 2020|(% style="width:723px" %)Added section 10 – Validation and Transformation Language – before the Annex 1.
7 +|**Revision**|**Date**|**Contents**
8 +| |April 2011|Initial release
9 +|1.0|April 2013|Added section 9 - Transforming between versions of SDMX
10 +|2.0|July 2020|Added section 10 – Validation and Transformation Language – before the Annex 1.
12 12  
13 13  = 1 Purpose and Structure =
14 14  
15 15  == 1.1 Purpose ==
16 16  
17 -The intention of this document is to document certain aspects of [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] that are important to understand and will aid implementation decisions. The explanations here supplement the information documented in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] XML schema and the Information Model.
16 +The intention of this document is to document certain aspects of SDMX that are important to understand and will aid implementation decisions. The explanations here supplement the information documented in the SDMX XML schema and the
18 18  
18 +Information Model.
19 +
19 19  == 1.2 Structure ==
20 20  
21 21  This document is organized into the following major parts:
22 22  
23 -A guide to the [[SDMX Information Model>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]] relating to [[Data Structure Definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] and [[Data Sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]], statement of differences in functionality supported by the different formats and syntaxes for [[Data Structure Definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] and [[Data Sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]], and best practices for use of [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] formats, including the [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] for time period
24 +A guide to the SDMX Information Model relating to Data Structure Definitions and Data Sets, statement of differences in functionality supported by the different formats and syntaxes for Data Structure Definitions and Data Sets, and best practices for use of SDMX formats, including the representation for time period
24 24  
25 -A guide to the [[SDMX Information Model>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]] relating to [[Metadata Structure Definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]], and Metadata Sets
26 +A guide to the SDMX Information Model relating to Metadata Structure Definitions, and Metadata Sets
26 26  
27 -Other structural [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] of interest: agencies, (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) role. (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%), partial [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]]
28 +Other structural artefacts of interest: agencies, concept role. constraint, partial code list
28 28  
29 29  = 2 General Notes on This Document =
30 30  
31 -At this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) of the standards, the term “Key family” is replaced by [[Data Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] (also known and referred to as [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]) both in the XML schemas and the Information Model. The term “Key family” is not familiar to many people and its name was taken from the model of [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] (previously known as GESMES/TS). The more familiar name “[[Data Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]” which was used in many documents is now also the technical [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] in the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] and Information Model technical specifications. The term “Key family” is still used in the [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] specification.
32 +At this version of the standards, the term “Key family” is replaced by Data Structure Definition (also known and referred to as DSD) both in the XML schemas and the Information Model. The term “Key family” is not familiar to many people and its name was taken from the model of SDMX-EDI (previously known as GESMES/TS). The more familiar name “Data Structure Definition” which was used in many documents is now also the technical artefact in the SDMX-ML and Information Model technical specifications. The term “Key family” is still used in the SDMX-EDI specification.
32 32  
33 -There has been much work within the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] community on the creation of user guides, tutorials, and other aides to implementation and understanding of the standard. This document is not intended to duplicate the function of these documents, but instead represents a short set of technical notes not generally covered elsewhere.
34 +There has been much work within the SDMX community on the creation of user guides, tutorials, and other aides to implementation and understanding of the standard. This document is not intended to duplicate the function of these documents, but instead represents a short set of technical notes not generally covered elsewhere.
34 34  
35 35  = 3 Guide for SDMX Format Standards =
36 36  
37 37  == 3.1 Introduction ==
38 38  
39 -This guide exists to provide information to implementers of the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] format standards – [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] and [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] – that are concerned with data, i.e. [[Data Structure Definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] and [[Data Sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]. This section is intended to provide information which will help users of [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] understand and implement the standards. It is not normative, and it does not provide any rules for the use of the standards, such as those found in //[[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]]: Schema and Documentation// and //[[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]]: Syntax and Documentation//.
40 +This guide exists to provide information to implementers of the SDMX format standards – SDMX-ML and SDMX-EDI – that are concerned with data, i.e. Data Structure Definitions and Data Sets. This section is intended to provide information which will help users of SDMX understand and implement the standards. It is not normative, and it does not provide any rules for the use of the standards, such as those found in //SDMX-ML: Schema and Documentation// and //SDMX-EDI: Syntax and Documentation//.
40 40  
41 41  == 3.2 SDMX Information Model for Format Implementers ==
42 42  
43 -=== 3.2.1 Introduction ===
44 +=== 3.2.1 Introduction ===
44 44  
45 -The purpose of this sub-section is to provide an introduction to the [[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]] relating to [[Data Structure Definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] and [[Data Sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] for those whose primary interest is in the use of the XML or EDI formats. For those wishing to have a deeper understanding of the Information Model, the full [[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]] document, and other sections in this guide provide a more in-depth view, along with UML diagrams and supporting explanation. For those who are unfamiliar with DSDs, an appendix to the [[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]] provides a tutorial which may serve as a useful introduction.
46 +The purpose of this sub-section is to provide an introduction to the SDMX-IM relating to Data Structure Definitions and Data Sets for those whose primary interest is in the use of the XML or EDI formats.  For those wishing to have a deeper understanding of the Information Model, the full SDMX-IM document, and other sections in this guide provide a more in-depth view, along with UML diagrams and supporting explanation. For those who are unfamiliar with DSDs, an appendix to the SDMX-IM provides a tutorial which may serve as a useful introduction.
46 46  
47 -The [[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]] is used to describe the basic data and metadata structures used in all of the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] data formats. The Information Model concerns itself with statistical data and its [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]], and that is what is described here. Both [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]] and data have some additional metadata in common, related to their management and administration. These aspects of the data model are not addressed in this section and covered elsewhere in this guide or in the full [[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]] document.
48 +The SDMX-IM is used to describe the basic data and metadata structures used in all of the SDMX data formats. The Information Model concerns itself with statistical data and its structural metadata, and that is what is described here. Both structural metadata and data have some additional metadata in common, related to their management and administration. These aspects of the data model are not addressed in this section and covered elsewhere in this guide or in the full SDMX-IM document.
48 48  
49 -The [[Data Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] and [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] parts of the information model are consistent with the GESMES/TS (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 3.0 Data Model (called [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] standard), with these exceptions:
50 +The Data Structure Definition and Data Set parts of the information model are consistent with the GESMES/TS version 3.0 Data Model (called SDMX-EDI in the SDMX standard), with these exceptions:
50 50  
51 -* the “[[sibling group>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Sibling group.WebHome]]” construct has been generalized to permit any [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] or [[dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] to be wildcarded, and not just frequency, as in GESMES/TS. It has been renamed a “group” to distinguish it from the “[[sibling group>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Sibling group.WebHome]]” where only frequency is wildcarded. The set of allowable partial “group” keys must be declared in the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]], and [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] may be attached to any of these [[group keys>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Group key.WebHome]];
52 -* furthermore, whilst the “group” has been retained for compatibility with (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.0 and with [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]], it has, at (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.1, been replaced by the “[[Attribute Relationship>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute relationship.WebHome]]” definition which is explained later
53 -* the section on data [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] is now a convention, to support interoperability with EDIFACT-syntax implementations ( see section 3.3.2);
52 +the “sibling group” construct has been generalized to permit any dimension or dimensions to be wildcarded, and not just frequency, as in GESMES/TS. It has been renamed a “group” to distinguish it from the “sibling group” where only frequency is wildcarded. The set of allowable partial “group” keys must be declared in the DSD, and attributes may be attached to any of these group keys;
54 54  
55 -[[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]-specific data formats are derived from the model, and some supporting features for declaring multiple [[measures>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] have been added to the [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]] descriptions Clearly, this is not a coincidence. The GESMES/TS Data Model provides the foundation for the EDIFACT messages in [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]], and also is the starting point for the development of [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]].
54 +furthermore, whilst the group” has been retained for compatibility with version 2.0 and with SDMX-EDI, it has, at version 2.1, been replaced by the “Attribute Relationship” definition which is explained later
56 56  
57 -Note that in the descriptions below, text in courier and italicised are the names used in the information model (e.g. //[[DataSet>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]//).
56 +the section on data representation is now a convention, to support interoperability with EDIFACT-syntax implementations ( see section 3.3.2);
58 58  
58 +DSD-specific data formats are derived from the model, and some supporting features for declaring multiple measures have been added to the structural metadata descriptions
59 +
60 +Clearly, this is not a coincidence. The GESMES/TS Data Model provides the foundation for the EDIFACT messages in SDMX-EDI, and also is the starting point for the development of SDMX-ML.
61 +
62 +Note that in the descriptions below, text in courier and italicised are the names used in the information model (e.g. //DataSet//).
63 +
59 59  == 3.3 SDMX-ML and SDMX-EDI: Comparison of Expressive Capabilities and Function ==
60 60  
61 -[[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] offers several equivalent formats for describing data and [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]], optimized for use in different applications. Although all of these formats are derived directly from the SDM-IM, and are thus equivalent, the syntaxes used to express the model place some restrictions on their use. Also, different optimizations provide different capabilities. This section describes these differences, and provides some rules for applications which may need to support more than one [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] format or syntax. This section is constrained to the Data Structure Definitionand the Date Set.
66 +SDMX offers several equivalent formats for describing data and structural metadata, optimized for use in different applications. Although all of these formats are derived directly from the SDM-IM, and are thus equivalent, the syntaxes used to express the model place some restrictions on their use. Also, different optimizations provide different capabilities. This section describes these differences, and provides some rules for applications which may need to support more than one SDMX format or syntax. This section is constrained to the Data Structure Definitionand the Date Set.
62 62  
63 -=== 3.3.1 Format Optimizations and Differences ===
68 +=== 3.3.1 Format Optimizations and Differences ===
64 64  
65 -The following section provides a brief overview of the differences between the various [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] formats.
70 +The following section provides a brief overview of the differences between the various SDMX formats.
66 66  
67 -(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Version(%%) 2.0 was characterised by 4 data messages, each with a distinct format: Generic, Compact, Cross-Sectional and Utility. Because of the design, data in some formats could not always be related to another format. In (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.1, this issue has been addressed by merging some formats and eliminating others. As a result, in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] 2.1 there are just two types of data formats: //GenericData// and //StructureSpecificData// (i.e. specific to one [[Data Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]).
72 +Version 2.0 was characterised by 4 data messages, each with a distinct format: Generic, Compact, Cross-Sectional and Utility. Because of the design, data in some formats could not always be related to another format. In version 2.1, this issue has been addressed by merging some formats and eliminating others. As a result, in
68 68  
69 -Both of these formats are now flexible enough to allow for data to be oriented in series with any [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] used to disambiguate the observations (as opposed to only time or a cross sectional [[measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] in (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.0). The formats have also been expanded to allow for ungrouped observations.
74 +SDMX 2.1 there are just two types of data formats: //GenericData// and
70 70  
71 -To allow for applications which only understand time series data, variations of these formats have been introduced in the form of two data messages; //GenericTimeSeriesData// and //StructureSpecificTimeSeriesData//. It is important to note that these variations are built on the same root structure and can be processed in the same manner as the base format so that they do NOT introduce additional processing requirements.
76 +//StructureSpecificData// (i.e. specific to one Data Structure Definition).
72 72  
73 -**//Structure Definition//**
78 +Both of these formats are now flexible enough to allow for data to be oriented in series with any dimension used to disambiguate the observations (as opposed to only time or a cross sectional measure in version 2.0). The formats have also been expanded to allow for ungrouped observations.
74 74  
75 -The [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] Structure Message supports the use of [[annotations>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Annotation.WebHome]] to the structure, which is not supported by the [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] syntax.
80 +To allow for applications which only understand time series data, variations of these formats have been introduced in the form of two data messages;
76 76  
77 -The [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] Structure Message allows for the structures on which a [[Data Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] dependsthat is, codelists and (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) – to be either included in the message or to be referenced by the message containing the [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]. XML syntax is designed to leverage URIs and other Internet-based referencing mechanisms, and these are used in the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] message. This option is not available to those using the [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] structure message.
82 +//GenericTimeSeriesData// and //StructureSpecificTimeSeriesData//. It is important to note that these variations are built on the same root structure and can be processed in the same manner as the base format so that they do NOT introduce additional processing requirements.
78 78  
79 -**//Validation//**
84 +=== //Structure Definition// ===
80 80  
81 -[[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] – as is typical of EDIFACT syntax messages – leaves validation to dedicated applications (“validation” being the checking of syntax, data typing, and adherence of the data message to the structure as described in the structural definition.)
86 +The SDMX-ML Structure Message supports the use of annotations to the structure, which is not supported by the SDMX-EDI syntax.
82 82  
83 -The [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] Generic Data Message also leaves validation above the XML syntax (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) to the application.
88 +The SDMX-ML Structure Message allows for the structures on which a Data Structure Definition depends – that is, codelists and concepts – to be either included in the message or to be referenced by the message containing the data structure definition. XML syntax is designed to leverage URIs and other Internet-based referencing mechanisms, and these are used in the SDMX-ML message. This option is not available to those using the SDMX-EDI structure message.
84 84  
85 -The [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]-specific messages will allow validation of XML syntax and datatyping to be performed with a generic XML parser, and enforce agreement between the structural definition and the data to a moderate degree with the same tool.
90 +=== //Validation// ===
86 86  
87 -//Update and Delete Messages and Documentation Messages//
92 +SDMX-EDI – as is typical of EDIFACT syntax messages – leaves validation to dedicated applications (“validation” being the checking of syntax, data typing, and adherence of the data message to the structure as described in the structural
88 88  
89 -All [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] data messages allow for both delete messages and messages consisting of only data or only documentation.
94 +definition.)
90 90  
91 -**//Character Encodings//**
96 +The SDMX-ML Generic Data Message also leaves validation above the XML syntax level to the application.
92 92  
93 -All [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] messages use the UTF-8 encoding, while [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] uses the ISO 8879-1 character encoding. There is a greater capacity with UTF-8 to express some character sets (see the “APPENDIX: (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)MAP(%%) OF ISO 8859-1 (UNOC) CHARACTER SET (LATIN 1 OR “WESTERN”) in the document “SYNTAX AND DOCUMENTATION (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)VERSION(%%) 2.0”.) Many transformation tools are available which allow XML instances with UTF-8 encodings to be expressed as ISO 8879-1-encoded characters, and to transform UTF-8 into ISO 8879-1. Such tools should be used when transforming [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] messages into [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] messages and vice-versa.
98 +The SDMX-ML DSD-specific messages will allow validation of XML syntax and datatyping to be performed with a generic XML parser, and enforce agreement between the structural definition and the data to a moderate degree with the same tool.
94 94  
95 -**//Data Typing//**
100 +=== //Update and Delete Messages and Documentation Messages// ===
96 96  
97 -The XML syntax and EDIFACT syntax have different data-typing mechanisms. The section below provides a set of conventions to be observed when support for messages in both syntaxes is required. For more information on the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] [[representations>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] of data, see below.
102 +All SDMX data messages allow for both delete messages and messages consisting of only data or only documentation.
98 98  
99 -=== 3.3.2 Data Types ===
104 +=== //Character Encodings// ===
100 100  
101 -The XML syntax has a very different mechanism for data-typing than the EDIFACT syntax, and this difference may create some difficulties for applications which support both EDIFACT-based and XML-based [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] data formats. This section provides a set of conventions for the expression in data in all formats, to allow for clean interoperability between them.
106 +All SDMX-ML messages use the UTF-8 encoding, while SDMX-EDI uses the ISO 8879-1 character encoding. There is a greater capacity with UTF-8 to express some character sets (see the “APPENDIX: MAP OF ISO 8859-1 (UNOC) CHARACTER
102 102  
103 -It should be noted that this section does not address character encodings it is assumed that conversion software will include the use of transformations which will (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)map(%%) between the ISO 8879-1 encoding of the [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] format and the UTF-8 encoding of the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] formats.
108 +SET (LATIN 1 OR “WESTERN”) in the document SYNTAX AND
104 104  
105 -Note that the following conventions may be followed for ease of interoperation between EDIFACT and XML [[representations>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] of the data and metadata. For implementations in which no transformation between EDIFACT and XML syntaxes is foreseen, the restrictions below need not apply.
110 +DOCUMENTATION VERSION 2.0”.) Many transformation tools are available which allow XML instances with UTF-8 encodings to be expressed as ISO 8879-1-encoded characters, and to transform UTF-8 into ISO 8879-1. Such tools should be used when transforming SDMX-ML messages into SDMX-EDI messages and vice-versa.
106 106  
112 +=== //Data Typing// ===
113 +
114 +The XML syntax and EDIFACT syntax have different data-typing mechanisms. The section below provides a set of conventions to be observed when support for messages in both syntaxes is required. For more information on the SDMX-ML representations of data, see below.
115 +
116 +==== 3.3.2 Data Types ====
117 +
118 +The XML syntax has a very different mechanism for data-typing than the EDIFACT syntax, and this difference may create some difficulties for applications which support both EDIFACT-based and XML-based SDMX data formats. This section provides a set of conventions for the expression in data in all formats, to allow for clean interoperability between them.
119 +
120 +It should be noted that this section does not address character encodings – it is assumed that conversion software will include the use of transformations which will map between the ISO 8879-1 encoding of the SDMX-EDI format and the UTF-8 encoding of the SDMX-ML formats.
121 +
122 +Note that the following conventions may be followed for ease of interoperation between EDIFACT and XML representations of the data and metadata. For implementations in which no transformation between EDIFACT and XML syntaxes is foreseen, the restrictions below need not apply.
123 +
107 107  1. **Identifiers** are:
108 108  1*. Maximum 18 characters;
109 109  1*. Any of A..Z (upper case alphabetic), 0..9 (numeric), _ (underscore);
... ... @@ -112,220 +112,220 @@
112 112  1*. Maximum 70 characters.
113 113  1*. From ISO 8859-1 character set (including accented characters)
114 114  1. **Descriptions **are:
115 -1*. Maximum 350 characters;
116 -1*. From ISO 8859-1 character set.
132 +1*. Maximum 350 characters;  From ISO 8859-1 character set.
117 117  1. **Code values** are:
118 118  1*. Maximum 18 characters;
119 119  1*. Any of A..Z (upper case alphabetic), 0..9 (numeric), _ (underscore), / (solidus, slash), = (equal sign), - (hyphen);
120 120  
121 -However, [[code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] values providing values to a [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] must use only the following characters:
137 +However, code values providing values to a dimension must use only the following characters:
122 122  
123 123  A..Z (upper case alphabetic), 0..9 (numeric), _ (underscore)
124 124  
125 -**5. Observation values** are:
141 +1. **Observation values** are:
142 +1*. Decimal numerics (signed only if they are negative);
143 +1*. The maximum number of significant figures is:
144 +1*. 15 for a positive number
145 +1*. 14 for a positive decimal or a negative integer
146 +1*. 13 for a negative decimal
147 +1*. Scientific notation may be used.
148 +1. **Uncoded statistical concept** text values are:
149 +1*.
150 +1**. Maximum 1050 characters;
151 +1**. From ISO 8859-1 character set.
152 +1. **Time series keys**:
126 126  
127 -* [[Decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] numerics (signed only if they are negative);
128 -* The maximum number of significant figures is:
129 -* 15 for a positive number
130 -* 14 for a positive [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] or a negative integer
131 -* 13 for a negative [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]]
132 -* Scientific notation may be used.
154 +In principle, the maximum permissible length of time series keys used in a data exchange does not need to be restricted. However, for working purposes, an effort is made to limit the maximum length to 35 characters; in this length, also (for SDMXEDI) one (separator) position is included between all successive dimension values; this means that the maximum length allowed for a pure series key (concatenation of dimension values) can be less than 35 characters.  The separator character is a colon (“:”) by conventional usage.
133 133  
134 -**6. Uncoded statistical concept** text values are:
135 -
136 -* Maximum 1050 characters;
137 -* From ISO 8859-1 character set.
138 -
139 -**7. Time series keys**:
140 -
141 -In principle, the maximum permissible length of time [[series keys>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Series key.WebHome]] used in a data exchange does not need to be restricted. However, for working purposes, an effort is made to limit the maximum length to 35 characters; in this length, also (for SDMXEDI) one (separator) position is included between all successive [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] values; this means that the maximum length allowed for a pure [[series key>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Series key.WebHome]] (concatenation of [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] values) can be less than 35 characters. The separator character is a colon (“:”) by conventional usage.
142 -
143 143  == 3.4 SDMX-ML and SDMX-EDI Best Practices ==
144 144  
145 -=== 3.4.1 Reporting and Dissemination Guidelines ===
158 +=== 3.4.1 Reporting and Dissemination Guidelines ===
146 146  
147 -==== 3.4.1.1 Central Institutions and Their Role in Statistical Data Exchanges ====
160 +**3.4.1.1 Central Institutions and Their Role in Statistical Data Exchanges **Central institutions are the organisations to which other partner institutions "report" statistics. These statistics are used by central institutions either to compile aggregates and/or they are put together and made available in a uniform manner (e.g. on-line or on a CD-ROM or through file transfers). Therefore, central institutions receive data from other institutions and, usually, they also "disseminate" data to individual and/or institutions for end-use.  Within a country, a NSI or a national central bank (NCB) plays, of course, a central institution role as it collects data from other entities and it disseminates statistical information to end users. In SDMX the role of central institution is very important: every statistical message is based on underlying structural definitions (statistical concepts, code lists, DSDs) which have been devised by a particular agency, usually a central institution. Such an institution plays the role of the reference "structural definitions maintenance agency" for the corresponding messages which are exchanged. Of course, two institutions could exchange data using/referring to structural information devised by a third institution.
148 148  
149 -Central institutions are the organisations to which other partner institutions "report" statistics. These statistics are used by central institutions either to compile aggregates and/or they are put together and made available in a uniform manner (e.g. on-line or on a CD-ROM or through file transfers). Therefore, central institutions receive data from other institutions and, usually, they also "disseminate" data to individual and/or institutions for end-use. Within a country, a NSI or a national central bank (NCB) plays, of course, a central institution role as it collects data from other entities and it disseminates statistical information to end users. In [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] the role of central institution is very important: every statistical message is based on underlying structural definitions (statistical (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%), [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]], DSDs) which have been devised by a particular agency, usually a central institution. Such an institution plays the role of the reference "structural definitions [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]] for the corresponding messages which are exchanged. Of course, two institutions could exchange data using/referring to structural information devised by a third institution.
150 -
151 151  Central institutions can play a double role:
152 152  
153 153  * collecting and further disseminating statistics;
154 154  * devising structural definitions for use in data exchanges.
155 155  
156 -==== 3.4.1.2 Defining Data Structure Definitions (DSDs) ====
167 +**3.4.1.2 Defining Data Structure Definitions (DSDs)**
157 157  
158 -The following guidelines are suggested for building a [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]. However, it is expected that these guidelines will be considered by central institutions when devising new DSDs.
169 +The following guidelines are suggested for building a DSD. However, it is expected that these guidelines will be considered by central institutions when devising new DSDs.
159 159  
160 -(% class="wikigeneratedid" id="HDimensions2CAttributesandCodeLists" %)
161 -__Dimensions, Attributes and Code Lists__
171 +=== Dimensions, Attributes and Code Lists ===
162 162  
163 -**//Avoid [[dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] that are not appropriate for all the series in the [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]].//** If some [[dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] are not applicable (this is evident from the need to have a [[code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] in a [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] which is marked as “not applicable”, “not relevant” or “total”) for some series then consider moving these series to a new [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] in which these [[dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] are dropped from the key structure. This is a judgement call as it is sometimes difficult to achieve this without increasing considerably the number of DSDs.
173 +**//Avoid dimensions that are not appropriate for all the series in the data structure definition.//**  If some dimensions are not applicable (this is evident from the need to have a code in a code list which is marked as “not applicable”, “not relevant” or “total”) for some series then consider moving these series to a new data structure definition in which these dimensions are dropped from the key structure. This is a judgement call as it is sometimes difficult to achieve this without increasing considerably the number of DSDs.
164 164  
165 -**//Devise DSDs with a small number of [[Dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] for public viewing of data.//** A [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] with the number [[dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] in excess 6 or 7 is often difficult for non specialist users to understand. In these cases it is better to have a larger number of DSDs with smaller “cubes” of data, or to eliminate [[dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] and aggregate the data at a higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%). Dissemination of data on the web is a growing use case for the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] standards: the differentiation of observations by dimensionality which are necessary for statisticians and economists are often obscure to public consumers who may not always understand the semantic of the differentiation.
175 +**//Devise DSDs with a small number of Dimensions for public viewing of data.//** A DSD with the number dimensions in excess 6 or 7 is often difficult for non specialist users to understand. In these cases it is better to have a larger number of DSDs with smaller “cubes” of data, or to eliminate dimensions and aggregate the data at a higher level. Dissemination of data on the web is a growing use case for the SDMX standards: the differentiation of observations by dimensionality which are necessary for statisticians and economists are often obscure to public consumers who may not always understand the semantic of the differentiation.
166 166  
167 -**//Avoid composite [[dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]].//** Each [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] should correspond to a single characteristic of the data, not to a combination of characteristics.
177 +**//Avoid composite dimensions.//**  Each dimension should correspond to a single characteristic of the data, not to a combination of characteristics.
168 168  
169 -**//Consider the inclusion of the following [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]//**. Once the key structure of a [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] has been decided, then the set of (preferably mandatory) [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] of this [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] has to be defined. In general, some statistical (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) are deemed necessary across all [[Data Structure Definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] to qualify the contained information. Examples of these are:
179 +**//Consider the inclusion of the following attributes//**. Once the key structure of a data structure definition has been decided, then the set of (preferably mandatory) attributes  of this data structure definition has to be defined. In general, some statistical concepts are deemed necessary across all Data Structure Definitions to qualify the contained information. Examples of these are:
170 170  
171 -* A descriptive [[title>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Title.WebHome]] for the series (this is most useful for dissemination of data for viewing e.g. on the web)
181 +* A descriptive title for the series (this is most useful for dissemination of data for viewing e.g. on the web)
172 172  * Collection (e.g. end of period, averaged or summed over period)
173 -* Unit (e.g. [[currency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Currency.WebHome]] of denomination)
183 +* Unit (e.g. currency of denomination)
174 174  * Unit multiplier (e.g. expressed in millions)
175 175  * Availability (which institutions can a series become available to)
176 -* Decimals (i.e. number of [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] digits used in numerical observations)
177 -* [[Observation Status>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Observation status.WebHome]] (e.g. estimate, provisional, normal)
186 +* Decimals (i.e. number of decimal digits used in numerical observations)
187 +* Observation Status (e.g. estimate, provisional, normal)
178 178  
179 -Moreover, additional [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] may be considered as mandatory when a specific [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] is defined.
189 +Moreover, additional attributes may be considered as mandatory when a specific data structure definition is defined.
180 180  
181 -**//Avoid creating a new [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] where one already exists.//** It is highly recommended that structural definitions and [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] be consistent with internationally agreed standard methodologies, wherever they exist, e.g., System of National Accounts 1993; Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition; Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual; Government Finance Statistics Manual, etc. When setting-up a new data exchange, the following order of priority is suggested when considering the use of [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]]:
191 +**//Avoid creating a new code list where one already exists.//** It is highly recommended that structural definitions and code lists be consistent with internationally agreed standard methodologies, wherever they exist, e.g., System of National Accounts 1993; Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition; Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual; Government Finance Statistics Manual, etc. When setting-up a new data exchange, the following order of priority is suggested when considering the use of code lists:
182 182  
183 -* international standard [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]];
184 -* international [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] supplemented by other international and/or regional institutions;
193 +* international standard code lists;
194 +* international code lists supplemented by other international and/or regional institutions;
185 185  * standardised lists used already by international institutions;
186 -* new [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] agreed between two international or regional institutions;
187 -* new specific [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]].
196 +* new code lists agreed between two international or regional institutions;
197 +* new specific code lists.
188 188  
189 -The same [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] can be used for several statistical (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%), within a [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] or across DSDs. Note that [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] has recognised that these classifications are often quite large and the usage of [[codes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] in any one [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] is only a small extract of the full [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]]. In this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) of the standard it is possible to exchange and disseminate a **partial [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]]** which is extracted from the full [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] and which supports the [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] values valid for a particular [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]].
199 +The same code list can be used for several statistical concepts, within a data structure definition or across DSDs. Note that SDMX has recognised that these classifications are often quite large and the usage of codes in any one DSD is only a small extract of the full code list. In this version of the standard it is possible to exchange and disseminate a **partial code list** which is extracted from the full code list and which supports the dimension values valid for a particular DSD.
190 190  
191 -__Data Structure Definition Structure__
201 +=== Data Structure Definition Structure ===
192 192  
193 -The following items have to be specified by a structural definitions [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]] when defining a new [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]:
203 +The following items have to be specified by a structural definitions maintenance agency when defining a new data structure definition:
194 194  
195 -[[Data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] ([[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]) identification:
205 +Data structure definition (DSD) identification:
196 196  
197 -* [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] identifier
198 -* [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] name
207 +* DSD identifier
208 +* DSD name
199 199  
200 -A list of metadata (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) assigned as [[dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] of the [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]. For each:
210 +A list of metadata concepts assigned as dimensions of the data structure definition. For each:
201 201  
202 -* (statistical) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) identifier
203 -* ordinal number of the [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] in the key structure ([[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] only)
204 -* [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] identifier (Id, (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%), [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]]) if the [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] is coded
212 +* (statistical) concept identifier
213 +* ordinal number of the dimension in the key structure (SDMX-EDI only)
214 +* code list identifier (Id, version, maintenance agency) if the representation is coded
205 205  
206 -A list of (statistical) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) assigned as [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] for the [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]. For each:
216 +A list of (statistical) concepts assigned as attributes for the data structure definition. For each:
207 207  
208 -* (statistical) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) identifier
209 -* [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] identifier if the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) is coded
218 +* (statistical) concept identifier
219 +* code list identifier if the concept is coded
210 210  * assignment status: mandatory or conditional
211 -* attachment (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level
212 -* maximum text length for the uncoded (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts
213 -* maximum [[code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] length for the coded (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts
221 +* attachment level
222 +* maximum text length for the uncoded concepts
223 +* maximum code length for the coded concepts
214 214  
215 -A list of the [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] used in the [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]. For each:
225 +A list of the code lists used in the data structure definition. For each:
216 216  
217 -* [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] identifier
218 -* [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] name
219 -* [[code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] values and descriptions
227 +* code list identifier
228 +* code list name
229 +* code values and descriptions
220 220  
221 -Definition of [[data flow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] definitions. Two (or more) partners performing data exchanges in a certain context need to agree on:
231 +Definition of data flow definitions.  Two (or more) partners performing data exchanges in a certain context need to agree on:
222 222  
223 -* the list of [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] identifiers they will be using;
224 -* for each [[data flow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]:
233 +* the list of data set identifiers they will be using;
234 +* for each data flow:
225 225  * its content and description
226 -* the relevant [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] that defines the structure of the data reported or disseminated according the the [[dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] definition
236 +* the relevant DSD that defines the structure of the data reported or disseminated according the the dataflow definition
227 227  
228 -==== 3.4.1.3 Exchanging Attributes ====
238 +**3.4.1.3 Exchanging Attributes**
229 229  
230 -===== //3.4.1.3.1 Attributes on series, sibling and data set level // =====
240 +**//3.4.1.3.1 Attributes on series, sibling and data set level //**//Static properties//.
231 231  
232 -//Static properties//.
242 +* Upon creation of a series the sender has to provide to the receiver values for all mandatory attributes. In case they are available, values for conditional attributes  should also be provided. Whereas initially this information may be provided by means other than SDMX-ML or SDMX-EDI messages (e.g. paper, telephone) it is expected that partner institutions will be in a position to provide this information in SDMX-ML or SDMX-EDI format over time.
243 +* A centre may agree with its data exchange partners special procedures for authorising the setting of attributes' initial values.
244 +* Attribute values at a data set level are set and maintained exclusively by the centre administrating the exchanged data set.
233 233  
234 -* Upon creation of a series the sender has to provide to the receiver values for all mandatory [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]. In case they are available, values for conditional [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] should also be provided. Whereas initially this information may be provided by means other than [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] or [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] messages (e.g. paper, telephone) it is expected that partner institutions will be in a position to provide this information in [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] or [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] format over time.
235 -* A centre may agree with its data exchange partners special procedures for authorising the setting of [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]' initial values.
236 -* [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] values at a [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) are set and maintained exclusively by the centre administrating the exchanged [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]].
237 -
238 238  //Communication of changes// to the centre.
239 239  
240 -* Following the creation of a series, the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] values do not have to be reported again by senders, as long as they do not change.
241 -* Whenever changes in [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] values for a series (or [[sibling group>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Sibling group.WebHome]]) occur, the reporting institutions should report either all [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] values again (this is the recommended option) or only the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] values which have changed. This applies both to the mandatory and the conditional [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]. For example, if a previously reported value for a conditional [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] is no longer valid, this has to be reported to the centre.
242 -* A centre may agree with its data exchange partners special procedures for authorising modifications in the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] values.
248 +* Following the creation of a series, the attribute values do not have to be reported again by senders, as long as they do not change.
249 +* Whenever changes in attribute values for a series (or sibling group) occur, the reporting institutions should report either all attribute values again (this is the recommended option) or only the attribute values which have changed.  This applies both to the mandatory and the conditional attributes. For example, if a previously reported value for a conditional attribute is no longer valid, this has to be reported to the centre.
250 +* A centre may agree with its data exchange partners special procedures for authorising modifications in the attribute values.
243 243  
244 -Communication of observation (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]][[observation status>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Observation status.WebHome]]”, "observation [[confidentiality>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Confidentiality.WebHome]]", "observation pre-break".
252 +Communication of observation level attributes “observation status”, "observation confidentiality", "observation pre-break".
245 245  
246 -* In [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]], the observation (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]][[observation status>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Observation status.WebHome]]” is part of the fixed syntax of the ARR segment used for observation reporting. Whenever an observation is exchanged, the corresponding [[observation status>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Observation status.WebHome]] must also be exchanged attached to the observation, regardless of whether it has changed or not since the previous data exchange. This rule also applies to the use of the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] formats, although the syntax does not necessarily require this.
247 -* If the “[[observation status>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Observation status.WebHome]]” changes and the observation remains unchanged, both [[components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] would have to be reported.
248 -* For [[Data Structure Definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] having also the observation (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] “observation [[confidentiality>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Confidentiality.WebHome]]” and "observation pre-break" defined, this rule applies to these [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] as well: if an institution receives from another institution an observation with an [[observation status>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Observation status.WebHome]] [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] only attached, this means that the associated observation [[confidentiality>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Confidentiality.WebHome]] and prebreak observation [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] either never existed or from now they do not have a value for this observation.
254 +* In SDMX-EDI, the observation level attribute “observation status” is part of the fixed syntax of the ARR segment used for observation reporting. Whenever an observation is exchanged, the corresponding observation status must also be exchanged attached to the observation, regardless of whether it has changed or not since the previous data exchange. This rule also applies to the use of the SDMX-ML formats, although the syntax does not necessarily require this.
255 +* If the “observation status” changes and the observation remains unchanged, both components would have to be reported.
256 +* For Data Structure Definitions having also the observation level attributes “observation confidentiality” and "observation pre-break" defined, this rule applies to these attribute as well: if an institution receives from another institution an observation with an observation status attribute only attached, this means that the associated observation confidentiality and prebreak observation attributes either never existed or from now they do not have a value for this observation.
249 249  
250 -=== 3.4.2 Best Practices for Batch Data Exchange ===
258 +==== 3.4.2 Best Practices for Batch Data Exchange ====
251 251  
252 -==== 3.4.2.1 Introduction ====
260 +**3.4.2.1 Introduction**
253 253  
254 -Batch data exchange is the exchange and maintenance of entire databases between counterparties. It is an activity that often employs [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] formats, and might also use the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]-specific [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]. The following points apply equally to both formats.
262 +Batch data exchange is the exchange and maintenance of entire databases between counterparties. It is an activity that often employs SDMX-EDI formats, and might also use the SDMX-ML DSD-specific data set. The following points apply equally to both formats.
255 255  
256 -==== 3.4.2.2 Positioning of the Dimension "Frequency" ====
264 +**3.4.2.2 Positioning of the Dimension "Frequency"**
257 257  
258 -The position of the “frequency” [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] is unambiguously identified in the [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]. Moreover, most central institutions devising structural definitions have decided to assign to this [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] the first position in the key structure. This facilitates the easy identification of this [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], something that it is necessary to frequency's crucial role in several database systems and in attaching [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] at the “sibling” group (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%).
266 +The position of the “frequency” dimension is unambiguously identified in the data structure definition. Moreover, most central institutions devising structural definitions have decided to assign to this dimension the first position in the key structure. This facilitates the easy identification of this dimension, something that it is necessary to frequency's crucial role in several database systems and in attaching attributes at the “sibling” group level.
259 259  
260 -==== 3.4.2.3 Identification of Data Structure Definitions (DSDs) ====
268 +**3.4.2.3 Identification of Data Structure Definitions (DSDs)**
261 261  
262 -In order to facilitate the easy and immediate recognition of the structural definition [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]] that defined a [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]], most central institutions devising structural definitions use the first characters of the [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] identifiers to identify their institution: e.g. BIS_EER, EUROSTAT_BOP_01, ECB_BOP1, etc.
270 +In order to facilitate the easy and immediate recognition of the structural definition maintenance agency that defined a data structure definition, most central institutions devising structural definitions use the first characters of the data structure definition identifiers to identify their institution: e.g. BIS_EER, EUROSTAT_BOP_01, ECB_BOP1, etc.
263 263  
264 -==== 3.4.2.4 Identification of the Data Flows ====
272 +**3.4.2.4 Identification of the Data Flows**
265 265  
266 -In order to facilitate the easy and immediate recognition of the institution administrating a [[data flow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] definitions, many central institutions prefer to use the first characters of the [[data flow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] definition identifiers to identify their institution: e.g. BIS_EER, ECB_BOP1, ECB_BOP1, etc. Note that in GESMES/TS the [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] plays the role of the [[data flow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] definition (see //[[DataSet>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] //in the [[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]]//)//.
274 +In order to facilitate the easy and immediate recognition of the institution administrating a data flow definitions, many central institutions prefer to use the first characters of the data flow definition identifiers to identify their institution: e.g. BIS_EER, ECB_BOP1, ECB_BOP1, etc. Note that in GESMES/TS the Data Set plays the role of the data flow definition (see //DataSet //in the SDMX-IM//)//.
267 267  
268 -The statistical information in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] is broken down into two fundamental parts - [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]] (comprising the [[Data Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]], and associated (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concepts(%%) and [[Code Lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]]) - see Framework for Standards -, and observational data (the [[DataSet>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]). This is an important distinction, with specific terminology associated with each part. Data - which is typically a set of numeric observations at specific points in time - is organized into [[data sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] (//[[DataSet>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]//) These [[data sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] are structured according to a specific [[Data Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] (//DataStructureDefinition//) and are described in the [[data flow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] definition (//DataflowDefinition)// The [[Data Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] describes the metadata that allows an understanding of what is expressed in the [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]], whilst the [[data flow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] definition provides the identifier and other important information (such as the periodicity of reporting) that is common to all of its [[component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] [[data sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]].
276 +The statistical information in SDMX is broken down into two fundamental parts - structural metadata (comprising the Data Structure Definition, and associated Concepts and Code Lists) - see Framework for Standards -, and observational data (the DataSet). This is an important distinction, with specific terminology associated with each part. Data - which is typically a set of numeric observations at specific points in time - is organized into data sets (//DataSet//) These data sets are structured according to a specific Data Structure Definition (//DataStructureDefinition//) and are described in the data flow definition (//DataflowDefinition)// The Data Structure Definition describes the metadata that allows an understanding of what is expressed in the data set, whilst the data flow definition provides the identifier and other important information (such as the periodicity of reporting) that is common to all of its component data sets.
269 269  
270 -Note that the role of the [[Data Flow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] (called //DataflowDefintion// in the model) and [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] is very specific in the model, and the terminology used may not be the same as used in all organisations, and specifically the term [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] is used differently in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] than in GESMES/TS. Essentially the GESMES/TS term [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] is, in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]], the [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] Definition" whist the term [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] is used to describe the "container" for an instance of the data.
278 +Note that the role of the Data Flow (called //DataflowDefintion// in the model) and Data Set is very specific in the model, and the terminology used may not be the same as used in all organisations, and specifically the term Data Set is used differently in SDMX than in GESMES/TS. Essentially the GESMES/TS term "Data Set" is, in SDMX, the "Dataflow Definition" whist the term "Data Set" in SDMX is used to describe the "container" for an instance of the data.
271 271  
272 -==== 3.4.2.5 Special Issues ====
280 +**3.4.2.5 Special Issues**
273 273  
274 274  ===== 3.4.2.5.1 "Frequency" related issues =====
275 275  
276 276  **//Special frequencies.//** The issue of data collected at special (regular or irregular) intervals at a lower than daily frequency (e.g. 24 or 36 or 48 observations per year, on irregular days during the year) is not extensively discussed here. However, for data exchange purposes:
277 277  
278 -* such data can be (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)mapped(%%) into a series with daily frequency; this daily series will only hold observations for those days on which the measured event takes place;
279 -* if the collection intervals are regular, additional values to the existing frequency [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]](s) could be added in the future.
286 +* such data can be mapped into a series with daily frequency; this daily series will only hold observations for those days on which the measured event takes place;
287 +* if the collection intervals are regular, additional values to the existing frequency code list(s) could be added in the future.
280 280  
281 -**//Tick data.//** The issue of data collected at irregular intervals at a higher than daily frequency (e.g. tick-by-tick data) is not discussed here either. However, for data exchange purposes, such series can already be exchanged in the [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] format by using the option to send observations with the associated time stamp.
289 +**//Tick data.//** The issue of data collected at irregular intervals at a higher than daily frequency (e.g. tick-by-tick data) is not discussed here either. However, for data exchange purposes, such series can already be exchanged in the SDMX-EDI format by using the option to send observations with the associated time stamp.
282 282  
291 +
283 283  = 4 General Notes for Implementers =
284 284  
285 -This section discusses a number of topics other than the exchange of [[data sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] in [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] and [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]]. Supported only in [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]], these topics include the use of the [[reference metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Reference metadata.WebHome]] mechanism in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]], the use of [[Structure Sets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structure set.WebHome]] and [[Reporting Taxonomies>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Reporting taxonomy.WebHome]], the use of Processes, a discussion of time and data-typing, and some of the conventional mechanisms within the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] Structure message regarding versioning and external referencing.
294 +This section discusses a number of topics other than the exchange of data sets in SDMX-ML and SDMX-EDI. Supported only in SDMX-ML, these topics include the use of the reference metadata mechanism in SDMX, the use of Structure Sets and Reporting Taxonomies, the use of Processes, a discussion of time and data-typing, and some of the conventional mechanisms within the SDMX-ML Structure message regarding versioning and external referencing.
286 286  
287 287  This section does not go into great detail on these topics, but provides a useful overview of these features to assist implementors in further use of the parts of the specification which are relevant to them.
288 288  
289 289  == 4.1 Representations ==
290 290  
291 -There are several different [[representations>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] in [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]], taken from XML Schemas and common programming languages. The table below describes the various [[representations>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] which are found in [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]], and their equivalents.
300 +There are several different representations in SDMX-ML, taken from XML Schemas and common programming languages. The table below describes the various representations which are found in SDMX-ML, and their equivalents.
292 292  
293 -(% style="width:912.294px" %)
294 -|(% style="width:172px" %)**SDMX-ML Data Type**|(% style="width:204px" %)**XML Schema Data Type**|(% style="width:189px" %)**.NET Framework Type**|(% style="width:342px" %)(((
295 -**Java Data Type **
302 +|**SDMX-ML Data Type**|**XML Schema Data Type**|**.NET Framework Type**|(((
303 +**Java Data Type**
304 +
305 +**~ **
296 296  )))
297 -|(% style="width:172px" %)String|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:string|(% style="width:189px" %)System.String|(% style="width:342px" %)java.lang.String
298 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Big Integer|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:integer|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Decimal|(% style="width:342px" %)java.math.BigInteg er
299 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Integer|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:int|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Int32|(% style="width:342px" %)int
300 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Long|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd.long|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Int64|(% style="width:342px" %)long
301 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Short|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:short|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Int16|(% style="width:342px" %)short
302 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Decimal|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:decimal|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Decimal|(% style="width:342px" %)java.math.BigDecim al
303 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Float|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:float|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Single|(% style="width:342px" %)float
304 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Double|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:double|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Double|(% style="width:342px" %)double
305 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Boolean|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:boolean|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Boolean|(% style="width:342px" %)boolean
306 -|(% style="width:172px" %)URI|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:anyURI|(% style="width:189px" %)System.Uri|(% style="width:342px" %)Java.net.URI or java.lang.String
307 -|(% style="width:172px" %)DateTime|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:dateTime|(% style="width:189px" %)System.DateTime|(% style="width:342px" %)javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
308 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Time|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:time|(% style="width:189px" %)System.DateTime|(% style="width:342px" %)javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
309 -|(% style="width:172px" %)GregorianYear|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:gYear|(% style="width:189px" %)System.DateTime|(% style="width:342px" %)javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
310 -|(% style="width:172px" %)GregorianMonth|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:gYearMonth|(% style="width:189px" %)System.DateTime|(% style="width:342px" %)javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
311 -|(% style="width:172px" %)GregorianDay|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:date|(% style="width:189px" %)System.DateTime|(% style="width:342px" %)javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
312 -|(% style="width:172px" %)(((
313 -Day, MonthDay, Month
314 -)))|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:g*|(% style="width:189px" %)System.DateTime|(% style="width:342px" %)javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
315 -|(% style="width:172px" %)Duration|(% style="width:204px" %)xsd:duration |(% style="width:189px" %)System.TimeSpa|(% style="width:342px" %)javax.xml.datatype
316 -|(% style="width:172px" %) |(% style="width:204px" %) |(% style="width:189px" %)n|(% style="width:342px" %).Duration
307 +|String|xsd:string|System.String|java.lang.String
308 +|Big Integer|xsd:integer|System.Decimal|java.math.BigInteg er
309 +|Integer|xsd:int|System.Int32|int
310 +|Long|xsd.long|System.Int64|long
311 +|Short|xsd:short|System.Int16|short
312 +|Decimal|xsd:decimal|System.Decimal|java.math.BigDecim al
313 +|Float|xsd:float|System.Single|float
314 +|Double|xsd:double|System.Double|double
315 +|Boolean|xsd:boolean|System.Boolean|boolean
316 +|URI|xsd:anyURI|System.Uri|Java.net.URI or java.lang.String
317 +|DateTime|xsd:dateTime|System.DateTim e|javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
318 +|Time|xsd:time|System.DateTim e|javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
319 +|GregorianYear|xsd:gYear|System.DateTim e|javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
320 +|GregorianMont h|xsd:gYearMont h|System.DateTim e|javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
321 +|GregorianDay|xsd:date|System.DateTim e|javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
322 +|(((
323 +Day,
317 317  
318 -There are also a number of [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] data types which do not have these direct correspondences, often because they are composite [[representations>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] or restrictions of a broader data type. For most of these, there are simple types which can be referenced from the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] schemas, for others a derived simple type will be necessary:
325 +MonthDay, Month
326 +)))|xsd:g*|System.DateTim e|javax.xml.datatype .XMLGregorianCalen dar
327 +|Duration|xsd:duration |System.TimeSpa|javax.xml.datatype
328 +|**SDMX-ML Data Type**|**XML Schema Data Type**|**.NET Framework Type**|(((
329 +**Java Data Type**
319 319  
331 +**~ **
332 +)))
333 +| | |n|.Duration
334 +
335 +There are also a number of SDMX-ML data types which do not have these direct correspondences, often because they are composite representations or restrictions of a broader data type. For most of these, there are simple types which can be referenced from the SDMX schemas, for others a derived simple type will be necessary:
336 +
320 320  * AlphaNumeric (common:AlphaNumericType, string which only allows A-z and 0-9)
321 321  * Alpha (common:AlphaType, string which only allows A-z)
322 322  * Numeric (common:NumericType, string which only allows 0-9, but is not numeric so that is can having leading zeros)
323 323  * Count (xs:integer, a sequence with an interval of “1”)
324 -* InclusiveValueRange (xs:decimal with the minValue and maxValue [[facets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Facet.WebHome]] supplying the bounds)
325 -* ExclusiveValueRange (xs:decimal with the minValue and maxValue [[facets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Facet.WebHome]] supplying the bounds)
341 +* InclusiveValueRange (xs:decimal with the minValue and maxValue facets supplying the bounds)
342 +* ExclusiveValueRange (xs:decimal with the minValue and maxValue facets supplying the bounds)
326 326  * Incremental (xs:decimal with a specified interval; the interval is typically enforced outside of the XML validation)
327 327  * TimeRange (common:TimeRangeType, start DateTime + Duration,)
328 -* ObservationalTimePeriod (common: ObservationalTimePeriodType, a union of StandardTimePeriod and TimeRange).
345 +* ObservationalTimePeriod (common: ObservationalTimePeriodType,  a union of StandardTimePeriod and TimeRange).
329 329  * StandardTimePeriod (common: StandardTimePeriodType, a union of BasicTimePeriod and TimeRange).
330 330  * BasicTimePeriod (common: BasicTimePeriodType, a union of GregorianTimePeriod and DateTime)
331 331  * GregorianTimePeriod (common:GregorianTimePeriodType, a union of GregorianYear, GregorianMonth, and GregorianDay)
... ... @@ -340,30 +340,32 @@
340 340  * KeyValues (common:DataKeyType)
341 341  * IdentifiableReference (types for each identifiable object)
342 342  * DataSetReference (common:DataSetReferenceType)
343 -* AttachmentConstraintReference (common:AttachmentConstraintReferenceType)
360 +* AttachmentConstraintReference
344 344  
345 -Data types also have a set of [[facets>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Facet.WebHome]]:
362 +(common:AttachmentConstraintReferenceType)
346 346  
364 +Data types also have a set of facets:
365 +
347 347  * isSequence = true | false (indicates a sequentially increasing value)
348 348  * minLength = positive integer (# of characters/digits)
349 349  * maxLength = positive integer (# of characters/digits)
350 -* startValue = [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] (for numeric sequence)
351 -* endValue = [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] (for numeric sequence)
352 -* interval = [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] (for numeric sequence)
369 +* startValue = decimal (for numeric sequence)
370 +* endValue = decimal (for numeric sequence)
371 +* interval = decimal (for numeric sequence)
353 353  * timeInterval = duration
354 354  * startTime = BasicTimePeriod (for time range)
355 355  * endTime = BasicTimePeriod (for time range)
356 -* minValue = [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] (for numeric range)
357 -* maxValue = [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] (for numeric range)
358 -* [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] = Integer (# of digits to right of [[decimal>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Decimals.WebHome]] point)
375 +* minValue = decimal (for numeric range)
376 +* maxValue = decimal (for numeric range)
377 +* decimal = Integer (# of digits to right of decimal point)
359 359  * pattern = (a regular expression, as per W3C XML Schema)
360 360  * isMultiLingual = boolean (for specifying text can occur in more than one language)
361 361  
362 -Note that [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] may also have textual [[representations>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] assigned to them, in addition to their enumeration of codes.s
381 +Note that code lists may also have textual representations assigned to them, in addition to their enumeration of codes.s
363 363  
364 364  == 4.2 Time and Time Format ==
365 365  
366 -=== 4.2.1 Introduction ===
385 +==== 4.2.1 Introduction ====
367 367  
368 368  First, it is important to recognize that most observation times are a period. SDMX specifies precisely how Time is handled.
369 369  
... ... @@ -371,47 +371,50 @@
371 371  
372 372  The hierarchy of time formats is as follows (**bold** indicates a category which is made up of multiple formats, //italic// indicates a distinct format):
373 373  
374 -* **Observational Time Period**
375 -** **Standard Time Period**
376 -*** **Basic Time Period**
377 -**** **Gregorian Time Period**
378 -**** //Date Time//
379 -*** **Reporting Time Period**
380 -** //Time Range//
393 +* **Observational Time Period **o **Standard Time Period**
381 381  
395 + § **Basic Time Period**
396 +
397 +* **Gregorian Time Period**
398 +* //Date Time//
399 +
400 +§ **Reporting Time Period **o //Time Range//
401 +
382 382  The details of these time period categories and of the distinct formats which make them up are detailed in the sections to follow.
383 383  
384 -=== 4.2.2 Observational Time Period ===
404 +==== 4.2.2 Observational Time Period ====
385 385  
386 -This is the superset of all time [[representations>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]]. This allows for time to be expressed as any of the allowable formats.
406 +This is the superset of all time representations in SDMX. This allows for time to be expressed as any of the allowable formats.
387 387  
388 -=== 4.2.3 Standard Time Period ===
408 +==== 4.2.3 Standard Time Period ====
389 389  
390 -This is the superset of any predefined [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] or a distinct point in time. A [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] consists of a distinct start and end point. If the start and end of a period are expressed as date instead of a complete date time, then it is implied that the start of the period is the beginning of the start day (i.e. 00:00:00) and the end of the period is the end of the end day (i.e. 23:59:59).
410 +This is the superset of any predefined time period or a distinct point in time. A time period consists of a distinct start and end point. If the start and end of a period are expressed as date instead of a complete date time, then it is implied that the start of the period is the beginning of the start day (i.e. 00:00:00) and the end of the period is the end of the end day (i.e. 23:59:59).
391 391  
392 -=== 4.2.4 Gregorian Time Period ===
412 +==== 4.2.4 Gregorian Time Period ====
393 393  
394 -A Gregorian [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] is always represented by a Gregorian year, year-month, or day. These are all based on ISO 8601 dates. The [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] in [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] messages and the period covered by each of the Gregorian [[time periods>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] are as follows:
414 +A Gregorian time period is always represented by a Gregorian year, year-month, or day. These are all based on ISO 8601 dates. The representation in SDMX-ML messages and the period covered by each of the Gregorian time periods are as follows:
395 395  
396 -**Gregorian Year:**
416 +**Gregorian Year:**
417 +
397 397  Representation: xs:gYear (YYYY)
398 -Period: the start of January 1 to the end of December 31
399 399  
400 -**Gregorian Year Month**:
420 +Period: the start of January 1 to the end of December 31 **Gregorian Year Month**:
421 +
401 401  Representation: xs:gYearMonth (YYYY-MM)
402 -Period: the start of the first day of the month to end of the last day of the month
403 403  
404 -**Gregorian Day**:
424 +Period: the start of the first day of the month to end of the last day of the month **Gregorian Day**:
425 +
405 405  Representation: xs:date (YYYY-MM-DD)
427 +
406 406  Period: the start of the day (00:00:00) to the end of the day (23:59:59)
407 407  
408 -=== 4.2.5 Date Time ===
430 +==== 4.2.5 Date Time ====
409 409  
410 -This is used to unambiguously state that a date-time represents an observation at a single point in time. Therefore, if one wants to use [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] for data which is measured at a distinct point in time rather than being reported over a period, the date-time [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] can be used.
432 +This is used to unambiguously state that a date-time represents an observation at a single point in time. Therefore, if one wants to use SDMX for data which is measured at a distinct point in time rather than being reported over a period, the date-time representation can be used.
411 411  
412 -[[Representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]]: xs:dateTime (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss)[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[1~]^^>>path:#_ftn1]]
434 +Representation: xs:dateTime (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss)[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[1~]^^>>path:#_ftn1]]
413 413  
414 -=== 4.2.6 Standard Reporting Period ===
436 +==== 4.2.6 Standard Reporting Period ====
415 415  
416 416  Standard reporting periods are periods of time in relation to a reporting year. Each of these standard reporting periods has a duration (based on the ISO 8601 definition) associated with it. The general format of a reporting period is as follows:
417 417  
... ... @@ -418,52 +418,75 @@
418 418  [REPORTING_YEAR]-[PERIOD_INDICATOR][PERIOD_VALUE]
419 419  
420 420  Where:
443 +
421 421  REPORTING_YEAR represents the reporting year as four digits (YYYY) PERIOD_INDICATOR identifies the type of period which determines the duration of the period
445 +
422 422  PERIOD_VALUE indicates the actual period within the year
423 423  
424 -The following section details each of the standard reporting periods defined in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]]:
448 +The following section details each of the standard reporting periods defined in SDMX:
425 425  
426 -**Reporting Year**:
427 -Period Indicator: A
450 +**Reporting Year**:
451 +
452 + Period Indicator: A
453 +
428 428  Period Duration: P1Y (one year)
455 +
429 429  Limit per year: 1
430 -Representation: common:ReportingYearType (YYYY-A1, e.g. 2000-A1)
431 431  
432 -**Reporting Semester:**
433 -Period Indicator: S
458 +Representation: common:ReportingYearType (YYYY-A1, e.g. 2000-A1) **Reporting Semester:**
459 +
460 + Period Indicator: S
461 +
434 434  Period Duration: P6M (six months)
463 +
435 435  Limit per year: 2
436 -Representation: common:ReportingSemesterType (YYYY-Ss, e.g. 2000-S2)
437 437  
438 -**Reporting Trimester:**
439 -Period Indicator: T
466 +Representation: common:ReportingSemesterType (YYYY-Ss, e.g. 2000-S2) **Reporting Trimester:**
467 +
468 + Period Indicator: T
469 +
440 440  Period Duration: P4M (four months)
471 +
441 441  Limit per year: 3
442 -Representation: common:ReportingTrimesterType (YYYY-Tt, e.g. 2000-T3)
443 443  
444 -**Reporting Quarter:**
445 -Period Indicator: Q
474 +Representation: common:ReportingTrimesterType (YYYY-Tt, e.g. 2000-T3) **Reporting Quarter:**
475 +
476 + Period Indicator: Q
477 +
446 446  Period Duration: P3M (three months)
479 +
447 447  Limit per year: 4
448 -Representation: common:ReportingQuarterType (YYYY-Qq, e.g. 2000-Q4)
449 449  
450 -**Reporting Month**:
482 +Representation: common:ReportingQuarterType (YYYY-Qq, e.g. 2000-Q4) **Reporting Month**:
483 +
451 451  Period Indicator: M
485 +
452 452  Period Duration: P1M (one month)
487 +
453 453  Limit per year: 1
489 +
454 454  Representation: common:ReportingMonthType (YYYY-Mmm, e.g. 2000-M12) Notes: The reporting month is always represented as two digits, therefore 1-9 are 0 padded (e.g. 01). This allows the values to be sorted chronologically using textual sorting methods.
455 455  
456 456  **Reporting Week**:
493 +
457 457  Period Indicator: W
495 +
458 458  Period Duration: P7D (seven days)
497 +
459 459  Limit per year: 53
499 +
460 460  Representation: common:ReportingWeekType (YYYY-Www, e.g. 2000-W53)
461 -Notes: There are either 52 or 53 weeks in a reporting year. This is based on the ISO 8601 definition of a week (Monday - Saturday), where the first week of a reporting year is defined as the week with the first Thursday on or after the reporting year start day.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[2~]^^>>path:#_ftn2]](%%) The reporting week is always represented as two digits, therefore 1-9 are 0 padded (e.g. 01). This allows the values to be sorted chronologically using textual sorting methods.
462 462  
502 +Notes: There are either 52 or 53 weeks in a reporting year. This is based on the ISO 8601 definition of a week (Monday - Saturday), where the first week of a reporting year is defined as the week with the first Thursday on or after the reporting year start day.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[2~]^^>>path:#_ftn2]](%%) The reporting week is always represented as two digits, therefore 1-9 are 0 padded (e.g. 01). This allows the values to be sorted chronologically using textual sorting methods.
503 +
463 463  **Reporting Day**:
505 +
464 464  Period Indicator: D
507 +
465 465  Period Duration: P1D (one day)
509 +
466 466  Limit per year: 366
511 +
467 467  Representation: common:ReportingDayType (YYYY-Dddd, e.g. 2000-D366) Notes: There are either 365 or 366 days in a reporting year, depending on whether the reporting year includes leap day (February 29). The reporting day is always represented as three digits, therefore 1-99 are 0 padded (e.g. 001).
468 468  
469 469  This allows the values to be sorted chronologically using textual sorting methods.
... ... @@ -470,116 +470,149 @@
470 470  
471 471  The meaning of a reporting year is always based on the start day of the year and requires that the reporting year is expressed as the year at the start of the period. This start day is always the same for a reporting year, and is expressed as a day and a month (e.g. July 1). Therefore, the reporting year 2000 with a start day of July 1 begins on July 1, 2000.
472 472  
473 -A specialized [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] (reporting year start day) exists for the purpose of communicating the reporting year start day. This [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] has a fixed identifier (REPORTING_YEAR_START_DAY) and a fixed [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] (xs:gMonthDay) so that it can always be easily identified and processed in a data message. Although this [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] exists in specialized sub-class, it functions the same as any other [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] outside of its identification and [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]]. It must takes its identity from a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) and state its relationship with other [[components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] of the [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]. The ability to state this relationship allows this reporting year start day [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] to exist at the appropriate (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)levels(%%) of a data message. In the absence of this [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]], the reporting year start date is assumed to be January 1; therefore if the reporting year coincides with the calendar year, this [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] is not necessary.
518 +A specialized attribute (reporting year start day) exists for the purpose of communicating the reporting year start day. This attribute has a fixed identifier (REPORTING_YEAR_START_DAY) and a fixed representation (xs:gMonthDay) so that it can always be easily identified and processed in a data message. Although this attribute exists in specialized sub-class, it functions the same as any other attribute outside of its identification and representation. It must takes its identity from a concept and state its relationship with other components of the data structure definition. The ability to state this relationship allows this reporting year start day attribute to exist at the appropriate levels of a data message. In the absence of this attribute, the reporting year start date is assumed to be January 1; therefore if the reporting year coincides with the calendar year, this Attribute is not necessary.
474 474  
475 475  Since the duration and the reporting year start day are known for any reporting period, it is possible to relate any reporting period to a distinct calendar period. The actual Gregorian calendar period covered by the reporting period can be computed as follows (based on the standard format of [REPROTING_YEAR][PERIOD_INDICATOR][PERIOD_VALUE] and the reporting year start day as [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DAY]):
476 476  
477 -**~1. Determine [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE]:**
522 +1. **Determine [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE]:**
523 +
478 478  Combine [REPORTING_YEAR] of the reporting period value (YYYY) with [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DAY] (MM-DD) to get a date (YYYY-MM-DD).
525 +
479 479  This is the [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE]
480 -**a) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is W:
481 -~1. If [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE] is a Friday, Saturday, or Sunday:**
527 +
528 +**a) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is W:**
529 +
530 +1.
531 +11.
532 +111.
533 +1111. **If [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE] is a Friday, Saturday, or Sunday:**
534 +
482 482  Add^^3^^ (P3D, P2D, or P1D respectively) to the [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE]. The result is the [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE].
483 483  
484 -2. **If [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE] is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday:**
537 +1.
538 +11.
539 +111.
540 +1111. **If [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE] is a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, or Thursday:**
541 +
485 485  Add^^3^^ (P0D, -P1D, -P2D, or -P3D respectively) to the [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE]. The result is the [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE].
486 -b) **Else:** 
487 -The [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE] is the [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE]
488 488  
489 -**2. Determine [PERIOD_DURATION]:**
544 +b) **Else:**
490 490  
491 -a) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is A, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P1Y.
492 -b) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is S, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P6M.
493 -c) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is T, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P4M.
494 -d) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is Q, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P3M.
495 -e) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is M, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P1M.
496 -f) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is W, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P7D.
497 -g) If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is D, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P1D.
546 +The [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE] is the [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE].
498 498  
499 -**3. Determine [PERIOD_START]:**
548 +1. **Determine [PERIOD_DURATION]:**
549 +11.
550 +111. If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is A, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P1Y.
551 +111. If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is S, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P6M.
552 +111. If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is T, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P4M.
553 +111. If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is Q, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P3M.
554 +111. If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is M, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P1M.
555 +111. If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is W, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P7D.
556 +111. If the [PERIOD_INDICATOR] is D, the [PERIOD_DURATION] is P1D.
557 +1. **Determine [PERIOD_START]:**
500 500  
501 -Subtract one from the [PERIOD_VALUE] and multiply this by the [PERIOD_DURATION]. Add[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[3~]^^>>path:#_ftn3]](%%) this to the [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE]. The result is the [PERIOD_START].
559 +Subtract one from the [PERIOD_VALUE] and multiply this by the [PERIOD_DURATION]. Add[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[3~]^^>>path:#_ftn3]](%%) this to the [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE]. The result is the [PERIOD_START].
502 502  
503 -**4. Determine the [PERIOD_END]:**
561 +1. **Determine the [PERIOD_END]:**
562 +
504 504  Multiply the [PERIOD_VALUE] by the [PERIOD_DURATION]. Add^^3^^ this to the [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE] add^^3^^ -P1D. The result is the [PERIOD_END].
505 505  
506 506  For all of these ranges, the bounds include the beginning of the [PERIOD_START] (i.e. 00:00:00) and the end of the [PERIOD_END] (i.e. 23:59:59).
507 507  
508 -**Examples:**
567 +**Examples: **
509 509  
510 510  **2010-Q2, REPORTING_YEAR_START_DAY = ~-~-07-01 (July 1)**
570 +
511 511  ~1. [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE] = 2010-07-01
572 +
512 512  b) [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE] = 2010-07-01
513 -[PERIOD_DURATION] = P3M
514 -(2-1) * P3M = P3M
574 +
575 +1. [PERIOD_DURATION] = P3M
576 +1. (2-1) * P3M = P3M
577 +
515 515  2010-07-01 + P3M = 2010-10-01
579 +
516 516  [PERIOD_START] = 2010-10-01
581 +
517 517  4. 2 * P3M = P6M
583 +
518 518  2010-07-01 + P6M = 2010-13-01 = 2011-01-01
585 +
519 519  2011-01-01 + -P1D = 2010-12-31
587 +
520 520  [PERIOD_END] = 2011-12-31
521 521  
522 522  The actual calendar range covered by 2010-Q2 (assuming the reporting year begins July 1) is 2010-10-01T00:00:00/2010-12-31T23:59:59
523 523  
524 524  **2011-W36, REPORTING_YEAR_START_DAY = ~-~-07-01 (July 1)**
593 +
525 525  ~1. [REPORTING_YEAR_START_DATE] = 2010-07-01
595 +
526 526  a) 2011-07-01 = Friday
597 +
527 527  2011-07-01 + P3D = 2011-07-04
599 +
528 528  [REPORTING_YEAR_BASE] = 2011-07-04
529 -2. [PERIOD_DURATION] = P7D
530 -3. (36-1) * P7D = P245D
601 +
602 +1. [PERIOD_DURATION] = P7D
603 +1. (36-1) * P7D = P245D
604 +
531 531  2011-07-04 + P245D = 2012-03-05
606 +
532 532  [PERIOD_START] = 2012-03-05
608 +
533 533  4. 36 * P7D = P252D
610 +
534 534  2011-07-04 + P252D =2012-03-12
612 +
535 535  2012-03-12 + -P1D = 2012-03-11
614 +
536 536  [PERIOD_END] = 2012-03-11
537 537  
538 538  The actual calendar range covered by 2011-W36 (assuming the reporting year begins July 1) is 2012-03-05T00:00:00/2012-03-11T23:59:59
539 539  
540 -=== 4.2.7 Distinct Range ===
619 +==== 4.2.7 Distinct Range ====
541 541  
542 542  In the case that the reporting period does not fit into one of the prescribe periods above, a distinct time range can be used. The value of these ranges is based on the ISO 8601 time interval format of start/duration. Start can be expressed as either an ISO 8601 date or a date-time, and duration is expressed as an ISO 8601 duration. However, the duration can only be postive.
543 543  
544 -=== 4.2.8 Time Format ===
623 +==== 4.2.8 Time Format ====
545 545  
546 -In (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.0 of [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] there is a recommendation to use the [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] to gives additional information on the way time is represented in the message. Following an appraisal of its usefulness this is no longer required. However, it is still possible, if required , to include the [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] in [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]].
625 +In version 2.0 of SDMX there is a recommendation to use the time format attribute to gives additional information on the way time is represented in the message. Following an appraisal of its usefulness this is no longer required. However, it is still possible, if required , to include the time format attribute in SDMX-ML. 
547 547  
548 -(% style="width:716.835px" %)
549 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**Code**|(% style="width:517px" %)**Format**
550 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**OTP**|(% style="width:517px" %)Observational [[Time Period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]]: Superset of all [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[time formats>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] (Gregorian [[Time Period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]], Reporting [[Time Period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]], and Time Range)
551 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**STP**|(% style="width:517px" %)Standard [[Time Period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]]: Superset of Gregorian and Reporting [[Time Periods>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]]
552 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**GTP**|(% style="width:517px" %)Superset of all Gregorian [[Time Periods>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] and date-time
553 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**RTP**|(% style="width:517px" %)Superset of all Reporting [[Time Periods>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]]
554 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**TR**|(% style="width:517px" %)Time Range: Start time and duration (YYYY-MMDD(Thh:mm:ss)?/)
555 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**GY**|(% style="width:517px" %)Gregorian Year (YYYY)
556 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**GTM**|(% style="width:517px" %)Gregorian Year Month (YYYY-MM)
557 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**GD**|(% style="width:517px" %)Gregorian Day (YYYY-MM-DD)
558 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**DT**|(% style="width:517px" %)Distinct Point: date-time (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss)
559 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**RY**|(% style="width:517px" %)Reporting Year (YYYY-A1)
560 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**RS**|(% style="width:517px" %)Reporting Semester (YYYY-Ss)
561 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**RT**|(% style="width:517px" %)Reporting Trimester (YYYY-Tt)
562 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**RQ**|(% style="width:517px" %)Reporting Quarter (YYYY-Qq)
563 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**RM**|(% style="width:517px" %)Reporting Month (YYYY-Mmm)
564 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**[[Code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]]**|(% style="width:517px" %)**Format**
565 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**RW**|(% style="width:517px" %)Reporting Week (YYYY-Www)
566 -|(% style="width:197px" %)**RD**|(% style="width:517px" %)Reporting Day (YYYY-Dddd)
627 +|**Code**|**Format**
628 +|**OTP**|Observational Time Period: Superset of all SDMX time formats (Gregorian Time Period, Reporting Time Period, and Time Range)
629 +|**STP**|Standard Time Period: Superset of Gregorian and Reporting Time Periods
630 +|**GTP**|Superset of all Gregorian Time Periods and date-time
631 +|**RTP**|Superset of all Reporting Time Periods
632 +|**TR**|Time Range: Start time and duration (YYYY-MMDD(Thh:mm:ss)?/<duration>)
633 +|**GY**|Gregorian Year (YYYY)
634 +|**GTM**|Gregorian Year Month (YYYY-MM)
635 +|**GD**|Gregorian Day (YYYY-MM-DD)
636 +|**DT**|Distinct Point: date-time (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss)
637 +|**RY**|Reporting Year (YYYY-A1)
638 +|**RS**|Reporting Semester (YYYY-Ss)
639 +|**RT**|Reporting Trimester (YYYY-Tt)
640 +|**RQ**|Reporting Quarter (YYYY-Qq)
641 +|**RM**|Reporting Month (YYYY-Mmm)
642 +|**Code**|**Format**
643 +|**RW**|Reporting Week (YYYY-Www)
644 +|**RD**|Reporting Day (YYYY-Dddd)
567 567  
568 -**Table 1: SDMX-ML Time Format Codes**
646 + **Table 1: SDMX-ML Time Format Codes**
569 569  
570 -=== 4.2.9 Transformation between SDMX-ML and SDMX-EDI ===
648 +==== 4.2.9 Transformation between SDMX-ML and SDMX-EDI ====
571 571  
572 -When converting [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] [[data structure definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] to [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] [[data structure definitions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]], only the identifier of the [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] will be retained. The [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] of the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] will be converted from the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] format to the fixed [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]]. If the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] does not define a [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]], then one will be automatically created with the identifier "TIME_FORMAT".
650 +When converting SDMX-ML data structure definitions to SDMX-EDI data structure definitions, only the identifier of the time format attribute will be retained. The representation of the attribute will be converted from the SDMX-ML format to the fixed SDMX-EDI code list. If the SDMX-ML data structure definition does not define a time format attribute, then one will be automatically created with the identifier "TIME_FORMAT".
573 573  
574 -When converting [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] data to [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]], the source [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] will be irrelevant. Since the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] time [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] types are not ambiguous, the target [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] can be determined from the source time value directly. For example, if the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] time is 2000-Q2 the [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] format will always be 608/708 (depending on whether the target series contains one observation or a range of observations).
652 +When converting SDMX-ML data to SDMX-EDI, the source time format attribute will be irrelevant. Since the SDMX-ML time representation types are not ambiguous, the target time format can be determined from the source time value directly. For example, if the SDMX-ML time is 2000-Q2 the SDMX-EDI format will always be 608/708 (depending on whether the target series contains one observation or a range of observations)
575 575  
576 -When converting a [[data structure definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] originating in [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]], the [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] should be ignored, as it serves no purpose in [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]].
654 +When converting a data structure definition originating in SDMX-EDI, the time format attribute should be ignored, as it serves no purpose in SDMX-ML.
577 577  
578 -When converting data from [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] to [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]], the source [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] is only necessary to determine the format of the target time value. For example, a source [[time format>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time format.WebHome]] of will result in a target time in the format YYYY-Ss whereas a source format of will result in a target time value in the format YYYY-Qq.
656 +When converting data from SDMX-EDI to SDMX-ML, the source time format is only necessary to determine the format of the target time value. For example, a source time format of will result in a target time in the format YYYY-Ss whereas a source format of will result in a target time value in the format YYYY-Qq.
579 579  
580 -=== 4.2.10 Time Zones ===
658 +==== 4.2.10 Time Zones ====
581 581  
582 -In alignment with ISO 8601, [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] allows the specification of a time zone on all [[time periods>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] and on the reporting year start day. If a time zone is provided on a reporting year start day, then the same time zone (or none) should be reported for each reporting [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]]. If the reporting year start day and the reporting period time zone differ, the time zone of the reporting period will take precedence. Examples of each format with time zones are as follows (time zone indicated in bold):
660 +In alignment with ISO 8601, SDMX allows the specification of a time zone on all time periods and on the reporting year start day. If a time zone is provided on a reporting year start day, then the same time zone (or none) should be reported for each reporting time period. If the reporting year start day and the reporting period time zone differ, the time zone of the reporting period will take precedence. Examples of each format with time zones are as follows (time zone indicated in bold):
583 583  
584 584  * Time Range (start date): 2006-06-05**-05:00**/P5D
585 585  * Time Range (start date-time): 2006-06-05T00:00:00**-05:00**/P5D
... ... @@ -594,56 +594,59 @@
594 594  * Reporting Month: 2006-M06**-05:00**
595 595  * Reporting Week: 2006-W23**-05:00**
596 596  * Reporting Day: 2006-D156**-05:00**
597 -* Reporting Year Start Day: 07-01**-05:00**
675 +* Reporting Year Start Day: ~-~-07-01**-05:00**
598 598  
599 -According to ISO 8601, a date without a time-zone is considered "local time". [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] assumes that local time is that of the sender of the message. In this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) of [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]], an optional field is added to the sender definition in the header for specifying a time zone. This field has a default value of 'Z' (UTC). This determination of local time applies for all dates in a message.
677 +According to ISO 8601, a date without a time-zone is considered "local time". SDMX assumes that local time is that of the sender of the message. In this version of SDMX, an optional field is added to the sender definition in the header for specifying a time zone. This field has a default value of 'Z' (UTC). This determination of local time applies for all dates in a message.
600 600  
601 -=== 4.2.11 Representing Time Spans Elsewhere ===
679 +==== 4.2.11 Representing Time Spans Elsewhere ====
602 602  
603 -It has been possible since [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] 2.0 for a [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] to specify a [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] of a time span. Depending on the format of the data message, this resulted in either an element with 2 XML [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] for holding the start time and the duration or two separate XML [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] based on the underlying [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] identifier. For example if REF_PERIOD were given a [[representation>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Representation.WebHome]] of time span, then in the Compact data format, it would be represented by two XML [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]; REF_PERIODStartTime (holding the start) and REF_PERIOD (holding the duration). If a new simple type is introduced in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] schemas that can hold ISO 8601 time intervals, then this will no longer be necessary. What was represented as this:
681 +It has been possible since SDMX 2.0 for a Component to specify a representation of a time span. Depending on the format of the data message, this resulted in either an element with 2 XML attributes for holding the start time and the duration or two separate XML attributes based on the underlying Component identifier. For example if REF_PERIOD were given a representation of time span, then in the Compact data format, it would be represented by two XML attributes; REF_PERIODStartTime (holding the start) and REF_PERIOD (holding the duration). If a new simple type is introduced in the SDMX schemas that can hold ISO 8601 time intervals, then this will no longer be necessary. What was represented as this:
604 604  
605 -<Series REF_PERIODStartTime="2000-01-01T00:00:00" REF_PERIOD="P2M"/>
683 + <Series REF_PERIODStartTime="2000-01-01T00:00:00" REF_PERIOD="P2M"/>
606 606  
607 607  can now be represented with this:
608 608  
609 609  <Series REF_PERIOD="2000-01-01T00:00:00/P2M"/>
610 610  
611 -=== 4.2.12 Notes on Formats ===
689 +==== 4.2.12 Notes on Formats ====
612 612  
613 -There is no ambiguity in these formats so that for any given value of time, the [[category>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]] of the period (and thus the intended [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] range) is always clear. It should also be noted that by utilizing the ISO 8601 format, and a format loosely based on it for the report periods, the values of time can easily be sorted chronologically without additional parsing.
691 +There is no ambiguity in these formats so that for any given value of time, the category of the period (and thus the intended time period range) is always clear. It should also be noted that by utilizing the ISO 8601 format, and a format loosely based on it for the report periods, the values of time can easily be sorted chronologically without additional parsing.
614 614  
615 -=== 4.2.13 Effect on Time Ranges ===
693 +==== 4.2.13 Effect on Time Ranges ====
616 616  
617 -All [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] data messages are capable of functioning in a manner similar to [[SDMX-EDI>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-EDI.WebHome]] if the [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] at the observation (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) is time: the [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] for the first observation can be stated and the rest of the observations can omit the time value as it can be derived from the start time and the frequency. Since the frequency can be determined based on the actual format of the time value for everything but distinct points in time and time ranges, this makes is even simpler to process as the interval between time ranges is known directly from the time value.
695 +All SDMX-ML data messages are capable of functioning in a manner similar to SDMX-EDI if the Dimension at the observation level is time: the time period for the first observation can be stated and the rest of the observations can omit the time value as it can be derived from the start time and the frequency. Since the frequency can be determined based on the actual format of the time value for everything but distinct points in time and time ranges, this makes is even simpler to process as the interval between time ranges is known directly from the time value.
618 618  
619 -=== 4.2.14 Time in Query Messages ===
697 +==== 4.2.14 Time in Query Messages ====
620 620  
621 -When querying for time values, the value of a time parameter can be provided as any of the Observational [[Time Period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] formats and must be paired with an operator. In addition, an explicit value for the reporting year start day can be provided, or this can be set to "Any". This section will detail how systems processing query messages should interpret these parameters.
699 +When querying for time values, the value of a time parameter can be provided as any of the Observational Time Period formats and must be paired with an operator. In addition, an explicit value for the reporting year start day can be provided, or this can be set to "Any". This section will detail how systems processing query messages should interpret these parameters.
622 622  
623 -Fundamental to processing a time value parameter in a query message is understanding that all [[time periods>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] should be handled as a distinct range of time. Since the time parameter in the query is paired with an operator, this is also effectively represents a distinct range of time. Therefore, a system processing the query must simply match the data where the [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] for requested parameter is encompassed by the [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] resulting from value of the query parameter. The following table details how the operators should be interpreted for any [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] provided as a parameter.
701 +Fundamental to processing a time value parameter in a query message is understanding that all time periods should be handled as a distinct range of time. Since the time parameter in the query is paired with an operator, this is also effectively represents a distinct range of time. Therefore, a system processing the query must simply match the data where the time period for requested parameter is encompassed by the time period resulting from value of the query parameter. The following table details how the operators should be interpreted for any time period provided as a parameter.
624 624  
625 -(% style="width:1024.29px" %)
626 -|(% style="width:238px" %)**Operator**|(% style="width:782px" %)**Rule**
627 -|(% style="width:238px" %)Greater Than|(% style="width:782px" %)Any data after the last moment of the period
628 -|(% style="width:238px" %)Less Than|(% style="width:782px" %)Any data before the first moment of the period
629 -|(% style="width:238px" %)Greater Than or Equal To|(% style="width:782px" %)(((
630 -Any data on or after the first moment of the period
703 +|**Operator**|**Rule**
704 +|Greater Than|Any data after the last moment of the period
705 +|Less Than|Any data before the first moment of the period
706 +|Greater Than or Equal To|(((
707 +Any data on or after the first moment of
708 +
709 +the period
631 631  )))
632 -|(% style="width:238px" %)Less Than or Equal To|(% style="width:782px" %)Any data on or before the last moment of the period
633 -|(% style="width:238px" %)Equal To|(% style="width:782px" %)Any data which falls on or after the first moment of the period and before or on the last moment of the period
711 +|Less Than or Equal To|Any data on or before the last moment of the period
712 +|Equal To|Any data which falls on or after the first moment of the period and before or on the last moment of the period
634 634  
635 -Reporting [[Time Periods>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] as query parameters are handled based on whether the value of the reportingYearStartDay XML [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] is an explicit month and day or "Any":
714 +Reporting Time Periods as query parameters are handled based on whether the value of the reportingYearStartDay XML attribute is an explicit month and day or "Any":
636 636  
637 -If the time parameter provides an explicit month and day value for the reportingYearStartDay XML [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]], then the parameter value is converted to a distinct range and processed as any other [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] would be processed.
716 +If the time parameter provides an explicit month and day value for the reportingYearStartDay XML attribute, then the parameter value is converted to a distinct range and processed as any other time period would be processed.
638 638  
639 -If the reportingYeartStartDay XML [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] has a value of "Any", then any data within the bounds of the reporting period for the year is matched, regardless of the actual start day of the reporting year. In addition, data reported against a normal calendar period is matched if it falls within the bounds of the time parameter based on a reporting year start day of January 1. When determining whether another reporting period falls within the bounds of a report period query parameter, one will have to take into account the actual [[time period>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Time period.WebHome]] to compare weeks and days to higher order report periods. This will be demonstrated in the examples to follow.
718 +If the reportingYeartStartDay XML attribute has a value of "Any", then any data within the bounds of the reporting period for the year is matched, regardless of the actual start day of the reporting year. In addition, data reported against a normal calendar period is matched if it falls within the bounds of the time parameter based on a reporting year start day of January 1. When determining whether another reporting period falls within the bounds of a report period query parameter, one will have to take into account the actual time period to compare weeks and days to higher order report periods. This will be demonstrated in the examples to follow.
640 640  
641 -Note that the reportingYearStartDay XML [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] on the time value parameter is only used to qualify a reporting period value for the given time value parameter. The usage of this is different than using the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] value parameter for the actual reporting year start day [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]. In the case that the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] value parameters is used for the reporting year start day data structure [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]], it will be treated as any other [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] value parameter; data will be filtered to that which matches the values specified for the given [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]. For example, if the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] value parameter references the reporting year start day [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] and specifies a value of "07-01", then only data which has this [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] with the value "07-01" will be returned. In terms of processing any time value parameters, the value supplied in the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] value parameter will be irrelevant.
720 +Note that the reportingYearStartDay XML attribute on the time value parameter is only used to qualify a reporting period value for the given time value parameter. The usage of this is different than using the attribute value parameter for the actual reporting year start day attribute. In the case that the attribute value parameters is used for the reporting year start day data structure attribute, it will be treated as any other attribute value parameter; data will be filtered to that which matches the values specified for the given attribute. For example, if the attribute value parameter references the reporting year start day attribute and specifies a value of "~-~-07-01", then only data which has this attribute with the value "~-~-07-01" will be returned. In terms of processing any time value parameters, the value supplied in the attribute value parameter will be irrelevant.
642 642  
643 643  **Examples:**
644 644  
645 645  **Gregorian Period**
725 +
646 646  Query Parameter: Greater than 2010
727 +
647 647  Literal Interpretation: Any data where the start period occurs after 2010-1231T23:59:59.
648 648  
649 649  Example Matches:
... ... @@ -663,10 +663,13 @@
663 663  **Reporting Period with explicit start day**
664 664  
665 665  Query Parameter: Greater than or equal to 2009-Q3, reporting year start day = "-07-01"
747 +
666 666  Literal Interpretation: Any data where the start period occurs on after 2010-0101T00:00:00 (Note that in this case 2009-Q3 is converted to the explicit date range of 2010-01-01/2010-03-31 because of the reporting year start day value). Example Matches: Same as previous example
667 667  
668 668  **Reporting Period with "Any" start day**
751 +
669 669  Query Parameter: Greater than or equal to 2010-Q3, reporting year start day = "Any"
753 +
670 670  Literal Interpretation: Any data with a reporting period where the start period is on or after the start period of 2010-Q3 for the same reporting year start day, or and data where the start period is on or after 2010-07-01. Example Matches:
671 671  
672 672  * 2011 or later
... ... @@ -678,57 +678,62 @@
678 678  * 2010-T3 (any reporting year start day)
679 679  * 2010-Q3 or later (any reporting year start day)
680 680  * 2010-M07 or later (any reporting year start day)
681 -* 2010-W27 or later (reporting year start day ~-~-01-01){{footnote}}2010-Q3 (with a reporting year start day of --01-01) starts on 2010-07-01. This is day 4 of week 26, therefore the first week matched is week 27.{{/footnote}}  2010-D182 or later (reporting year start day ~-~-01-01)
682 -* 2010-W28 or later (reporting year start day ~-~-07-01){{footnote}}2010-Q3 (with a reporting year start day of --07-01) starts on 2011-01-01. This is day 6 of week 27, therefore the first week matched is week 28.{{/footnote}}
683 -* 2010-D185 or later (reporting year start day ~-~-07-01)
765 +* 2010-W27 or later (reporting year start day ~-~-01-01)^^4^^  2010-D182 or later (reporting year start day ~-~-01-01)
766 +* 2010-W28 or later (reporting year start day ~-~-07-01)^^5^^
684 684  
768 +^^4^^ 2010-Q3 (with a reporting year start day of ~-~-01-01) starts on 2010-07-01. This is day 4 of week 26, therefore the first week matched is week 27.
769 +
770 + 2010-D185 or later (reporting year start day ~-~-07-01)
771 +
685 685  == 4.3 Structural Metadata Querying Best Practices ==
686 686  
687 -When querying for [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]], the ability to state how references should be resolved is quite powerful. However, this mechanism is not always necessary and can create an undue burden on the systems processing the queries if it is not used properly.
774 +When querying for structural metadata, the ability to state how references should be resolved is quite powerful. However, this mechanism is not always necessary and can create an undue burden on the systems processing the queries if it is not used properly.
688 688  
689 -Any [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]] object which contains a reference to an object can be queried based on that reference. For example, a categorisation references both a [[category>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]] and the object is it categorising. As this is the case, one can query for categorisations which categorise a particular object or which categorise against a particular [[category>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]] or [[category scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category scheme.WebHome]]. This mechanism should be used when the referenced object is known.
776 +Any structural metadata object which contains a reference to an object can be queried based on that reference. For example, a categorisation references both a category and the object is it categorising. As this is the case, one can query for categorisations which categorise a particular object or which categorise against a particular category or category scheme. This mechanism should be used when the referenced object is known.
690 690  
691 -When the referenced object is not known, then the reference resolution mechanism could be used. For example, suppose one wanted to find all [[category schemes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category scheme.WebHome]] and the related categorisations for a given [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]]. In this case, one could query for the [[category scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category scheme.WebHome]] by the [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]] and specify that parent and sibling references should be resolved. This would result in the categorisations which reference the [[categories>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]] in the matched schemes to be returned, as well as the object which they categorise.
778 +When the referenced object is not known, then the reference resolution mechanism could be used. For example, suppose one wanted to find all category schemes and the related categorisations for a given maintenance agency. In this case, one could query for the category scheme by the maintenance agency and specify that parent and sibling references should be resolved. This would result in the categorisations which reference the categories in the matched schemes to be returned, as well as the object which they categorise.
692 692  
693 693  == 4.4 Versioning and External Referencing ==
694 694  
695 -Within the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] Structure Message, there is a pattern for versioning and external referencing which should be pointed out. The identifiers are qualified by their (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) numbers – that is, an object with an Agency of “A”, and ID of “X” and a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) of “1.0” is a different object than one with an Agency of “A’, an ID of “X”, and a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) of “1.1”.
782 +Within the SDMX-ML Structure Message, there is a pattern for versioning and external referencing which should be pointed out. The identifiers are qualified by their version numbers – that is, an object with an Agency of “A”, and ID of “X” and a version of “1.0” is a different object than one with an Agency of “A’, an ID of “X”, and a version of “1.1”.
696 696  
697 -The production (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)versions(%%) of identifiable objects/resources are assumed to be static – that is, they have their isFinal [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] set to ‘true”. Once in production, and object cannot change in any way, or it must be versioned. For cases where an object is not static, the isFinal [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] must have a value of “false”, but non-final objects should not be used outside of a specific system designed to accommodate them. For most purposes, all objects should be declared final before use in production.
784 +The production versions of identifiable objects/resources are assumed to be static – that is, they have their isFinal attribute set to ‘true”. Once in production, and object cannot change in any way, or it must be versioned. For cases where an object is not static, the isFinal attribute must have a value of “false”, but non-final objects should not be used outside of a specific system designed to accommodate them. For most purposes, all objects should be declared final before use in production.
698 698  
699 -This mechanism is an “early binding” one – everything with a versioned identity is a known quantity, and will not change. It is worth pointing out that in some cases relationships are essentially one-way references: an illustrative case is that of [[Categories>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]]. While a [[Category>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]] may be referenced by many [[dataflows>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] and [[metadata flows>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadataflow.WebHome]], the addition of more references from flow objects does not (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) the [[Category>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]]. This is because the flows are not properties of the [[Categories>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]] – they merely make references to it. If the name of a [[Category>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Category.WebHome]] changed, or its subCategories changed, then versioning would be necessary.
786 +This mechanism is an “early binding” one – everything with a versioned identity is a known quantity, and will not change. It is worth pointing out that in some cases relationships are essentially one-way references: an illustrative case is that of Categories. While a Category may be referenced by many dataflows and metadata flows, the addition of more references from flow objects does not version the Category. This is because the flows are not properties of the Categories – they merely make references to it. If the name of a Category changed, or its subCategories changed, then versioning would be necessary.
700 700  
701 -Versioning operates at the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) of versionable and maintainable objects in the [[SDMX information model>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]]. If any of the children of objects at these (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)levels(%%) change, then the objects themselves are versioned.
788 +^^5^^ 2010-Q3 (with a reporting year start day of ~-~-07-01) starts on 2011-01-01. This is day 6 of week 27, therefore the first week matched is week 28.
702 702  
703 -One area which is much impacted by this versioning scheme is the ability to reference external objects. With the many dependencies within the various structural objects in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]], it is useful to have a scheme for external referencing. This is done at the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) of maintainable objects (DSDs, [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]], [[concept schemes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]], etc.) In an [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] Structure Message, whenever an “[[isExternalReference>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.isExternalReference.WebHome]]” [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] is set to true, then the application must resolve the address provided in the associated “uri” [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] and use the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] Structure Message stored at that location for the full definition of the object in question. Alternately, if a registry “urn” [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] has been provided, the registry can be used to supply the full details of the object.
790 +Versioning operates at the level of versionable and maintainable objects in the SDMX information model. If any of the children of objects at these levels change, then the objects themselves are versioned.
704 704  
705 -Because the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) number is part of the identifier for an object, (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)versions(%%) are a necessary part of determining that a given resource is the one which was called for. It should be noted that whenever a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) number is not supplied, it is assumed to be “1.0. (The “x.x” versioning notation is conventional in practice with [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]], but not required.)
792 +One area which is much impacted by this versioning scheme is the ability to reference external objects. With the many dependencies within the various structural objects in SDMX, it is useful to have a scheme for external referencing. This is done at the level of maintainable objects (DSDs, code lists, concept schemes, etc.) In an SDMX-ML Structure Message, whenever an “isExternalReference” attribute is set to true, then the application must resolve the address provided in the associateduriattribute and use the SDMX-ML Structure Message stored at that location for the full definition of the object in question. Alternately, if a registry “urn” attribute has been provided, the registry can be used to supply the full details of the object.
706 706  
794 +Because the version number is part of the identifier for an object, versions are a necessary part of determining that a given resource is the one which was called for. It should be noted that whenever a version number is not supplied, it is assumed to be “1.0”. (The “x.x” versioning notation is conventional in practice with SDMX, but not required.)
795 +
707 707  = 5 Metadata Structure Definition (MSD) =
708 708  
709 709  == 5.1 Scope ==
710 710  
711 -The scope of the [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] is enhanced in this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) to better support the types of construct to which metadata can be attached. In particular it is possible to specify an attachment to any key or partial key of a [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]. This is particularly useful for web dissemination where metadata may be present for the data, but is not stored with the data but is related to it. For this use case to be supported it is necessary to be able to specify in the [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] that metadata is attached to a key or partial key, and the actual key or partial key to be identified in the [[Metadata Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata set.WebHome]].
800 +The scope of the MSD is enhanced in this version to better support the types of construct to which metadata can be attached. In particular it is possible to specify an attachment to any key or partial key of a data set. This is particularly useful for web dissemination where metadata may be present for the data, but is not stored with the data but is related to it. For this use case to be supported it is necessary to be able to specify in the MSD that metadata is attached to a key or partial key, and the actual key or partial key to be identified in the Metadata Set.
712 712  
713 -In addition to the increase in the scope of objects that can be included in an [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]], the way the identifier mechanism works in this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%), and the terminology used, is much simpler.
802 +In addition to the increase in the scope of objects that can be included in an MSD, the way the identifier mechanism works in this version, and the terminology used, is much simpler.
714 714  
715 715  == 5.2 Identification of the Object Type to which the Metadata is to be Attached ==
716 716  
717 -The following example shows the structure and naming of the [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] [[components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] for the use case of defining full and partial keys.
806 +The following example shows the structure and naming of the MSD components for the use case of defining full and partial keys.
718 718  
719 -The schematic structure of an [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] is shown below.
808 +The schematic structure of an MSD is shown below.
720 720  
721 721  [[image:1747836776649-282.jpeg]]
722 722  
723 -**Figure 1: Schematic of the Metadata Structure Definition**
812 +1. **1: Schematic of the Metadata Structure Definition**
724 724  
725 -The [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] comprises the specification of the object types to which metadata can be reported in a [[Metadata Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata set.WebHome]] (Metadata Target(s)), and the Report Structure(s) comprising the Metadata [[Attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] that identify the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) for which metadata may be reported in the [[Metadata Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata set.WebHome]]. Importantly, one Report Structure references the Metadata Target for which it is relevant. One Report Structure can reference many Metadata Target i.e. the same Report Structure can be used for different target objects.
814 +The MSD comprises the specification of the object types to which metadata can be reported in a Metadata Set (Metadata Target(s)), and the Report Structure(s) comprising the Metadata Attributes that identify the Concept for which metadata may be reported in the Metadata Set. Importantly, one Report Structure references the Metadata Target for which it is relevant. One Report Structure can reference many Metadata Target i.e. the same Report Structure can be used for different target objects.
726 726  
727 727  [[image:1747836776655-364.jpeg]]
728 728  
729 -**Figure 2: Example [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] showing Metadata Targets**
818 +1. **2: Example MSD showing Metadata Targets**
730 730  
731 -Note that the [[SDMX-ML>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX-ML.WebHome]] schemas have explicit XML elements for each identifiable object type because identifying, for instance, a Maintainable Object has different properties from an Identifiable Object which must also include the agencyId, (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%), and id of the Maintainable Object in which it resides.
820 +Note that the SDMX-ML schemas have explicit XML elements for each identifiable object type because identifying, for instance, a Maintainable Object has different properties from an Identifiable Object which must also include the agencyId, version, and id of the Maintainable Object in which it resides.
732 732  
733 733  == 5.3 Report Structure ==
734 734  
... ... @@ -736,37 +736,38 @@
736 736  
737 737  [[image:1747836776658-510.jpeg]]
738 738  
739 -**Figure 3: Example MSD showing specification of three Metadata Attributes**
828 +**Figure 3: Example MSD showing specification of three Metadata Attributes **This example shows the following hierarchy of Metadata Attributes:
740 740  
741 -This example shows the following [[hierarchy>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Hierarchy.WebHome]] of Metadata [[Attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]:
830 +Source this is presentational and no metadata is expected to be reported at this level
742 742  
743 -Source – this is presentational and no metadata is expected to be reported at this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level
744 -
745 745  * Source Type
746 746  * Collection Source Name
747 747  
748 748  == 5.4 Metadata Set ==
749 749  
750 -An example of reporting metadata according to the [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] described above, is shown below.
837 +An example of reporting metadata according to the MSD described above, is shown below.
751 751  
752 752  [[image:1747836776677-246.jpeg]]
753 753  
754 -**Figure 4: Example Metadata Set **This example shows:
841 + **Figure 4: Example Metadata Set **This example shows:
755 755  
756 -1. The reference to the [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]], Metadata Report, and Metadata Target (MetadataTargetValue)
757 -1. The reported metadata [[attributes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] (AttributeValueSet)
843 +1. The reference to the MSD, Metadata Report, and Metadata Target
758 758  
845 +(MetadataTargetValue)
846 +
847 +1. The reported metadata attributes (AttributeValueSet)
848 +
759 759  = 6 Maintenance Agencies =
760 760  
761 -All [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]] in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] is owned and maintained by a [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]] (Agency identified by agencyID in the schemas). It is vital to the integrity of the [[structural metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Structural metadata.WebHome]] that there are no conflicts in agencyID. In order to achieve this [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] adopts the following rules:
851 +All structural metadata in SDMX is owned and maintained by a maintenance agency (Agency identified by agencyID in the schemas). It is vital to the integrity of the structural metadata that there are no conflicts in agencyID. In order to achieve this SDMX adopts the following rules:
762 762  
763 -1. Agencies are maintained in an [[Agency Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Agency scheme.WebHome]] (which is a sub class of Organisation Scheme)
764 -1. The [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]] of the [[Agency Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Agency scheme.WebHome]] must also be declared in a (different) [[Agency Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Agency scheme.WebHome]].
765 -1. The “top-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%)” agency is [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] and this [[agency scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Agency scheme.WebHome]] is maintained by [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]].
766 -1. Agencies registered in the top-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) scheme can themselves maintain a single [[Agency Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Agency scheme.WebHome]]. [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] is an agency in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[agency scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Agency scheme.WebHome]]. Agencies in this scheme can themselves maintain a single [[Agency Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Agency scheme.WebHome]] and so on.
767 -1. The AgencyScheme cannot be versioned and so take a default (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) number of 1.0 and cannot be made “final”.
853 +1. Agencies are maintained in an Agency Scheme (which is a sub class of Organisation Scheme)
854 +1. The maintenance agency of the Agency Scheme must also be declared in a (different) Agency Scheme.
855 +1. The “top-level” agency is SDMX and this agency scheme is maintained by SDMX.
856 +1. Agencies registered in the top-level scheme can themselves maintain a single Agency Scheme. SDMX is an agency in the SDMX agency scheme. Agencies in this scheme can themselves maintain a single Agency Scheme and so on.
857 +1. The AgencyScheme cannot be versioned and so take a default version number of 1.0 and cannot be made “final”.
768 768  1. There can be only one AgencyScheme maintained by any one Agency. It has a fixed Id of AgencyScheme.
769 -1. The format of the agency identifier is agencyId.agencyID etc. The top-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) agency in this identification mechanism is the agency registered in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[agency scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Agency scheme.WebHome]]. In other words, [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] is not a part of the hierarchical ID structure for agencies. [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] is, itself, a [[maintenance agency>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]].
859 +1. The format of the agency identifier is agencyId.agencyID etc. The top-level agency in this identification mechanism is the agency registered in the SDMX agency scheme. In other words, SDMX is not a part of the hierarchical ID structure for agencies. SDMX is, itself, a maintenance agency.
770 770  
771 771  This supports a hierarchical structure of agencyID.
772 772  
... ... @@ -774,9 +774,9 @@
774 774  
775 775  [[image:1747836776680-229.jpeg]]
776 776  
777 -**Figure 5: Example of Hierarchic Structure of Agencies**
867 + **Figure 5: Example of Hierarchic Structure of Agencies**
778 778  
779 -Each agency is identified by its full [[hierarchy>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Hierarchy.WebHome]] excluding [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]].
869 +Each agency is identified by its full hierarchy excluding SDMX.
780 780  
781 781  The XML representing this structure is shown below.
782 782  
... ... @@ -790,271 +790,342 @@
790 790  
791 791  **Figure 7: Example Showing Use of Agency Identifiers**
792 792  
793 -Each of these [[maintenance agencies>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintenance agency.WebHome]] has an identical Codelist with the Id CL_BOP. However, each is uniquely identified by means of the hierarchic agency structure.
883 +Each of these maintenance agencies has an identical Codelist with the Id CL_BOP. However, each is uniquely identified by means of the hierarchic agency structure.
794 794  
795 795  = 7 Concept Roles =
796 796  
797 797  == 7.1 Overview ==
798 798  
799 -The [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] [[Components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] of [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] and [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] can play a specific role in the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] and it is important to some applications that this role is specified. For instance, the following roles are some examples:
889 +The DSD Components of Dimension and Attribute can play a specific role in the DSD and it is important to some applications that this role is specified. For instance, the following roles are some examples:
800 800  
801 -**Frequency **– in a [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] the content of this [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] contains information on the frequency of the observation values
802 -**Geography** - in a [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] the content of this [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] contains information on the geographic location of the observation values
803 -**Unit** **of [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]]** - in a [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] the content of this [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] contains information on the [[unit of measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Unit of measure.WebHome]] of the observation values
891 +**Frequency **– in a data set the content of this Component contains information on the frequency of the observation values
804 804  
805 -In order for these roles to be extensible and also to enable user communities to maintain community-specific roles, the roles are maintained in a controlled vocabulary which is implemented in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] as (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concepts(%%) in a [[Concept Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]]. The [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] optionally references this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) if it is required to declare the role explicitly. Note that a [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] can play more than one role and therefore multiple “role” (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) can be referenced.
893 +**Geography** - in a data set the content of this Component contains information on the geographic location of the observation values
806 806  
895 +**Unit** **of Measure** - in a data set the content of this Component contains information on the unit of measure of the observation values
896 +
897 +In order for these roles to be extensible and also to enable user communities to maintain community-specific roles, the roles are maintained in a controlled vocabulary which is implemented in SDMX as Concepts in a Concept Scheme. The Component optionally references this Concept if it is required to declare the role explicitly. Note that a Component can play more than one role and therefore multiple “role” concepts can be referenced.
898 +
807 807  == 7.2 Information Model ==
808 808  
809 809  The Information Model for this is shown below:
810 810  
811 -[[image:1747855024745-946.png]]
812 812  
813 -**Figure 8: Information Model Extract for Concept Role**
904 + **Figure 8: Information Model Extract for Concept Role**
814 814  
815 -It is possible to specify zero or more (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) roles for a [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] and Data [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] (but not the ReportingYearStartDay). The Time [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], Primary [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]], and the [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] ReportingYearStartDay have explicitly defined roles and cannot be further specified with additional (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) roles.
906 +It is possible to specify zero or more concept roles for a Dimension, Measure Dimension and Data Attribute (but not the ReportingYearStartDay). The Time Dimension, Primary Measure, and the  Attribute ReportingYearStartDay have explicitly defined roles and cannot be further specified with additional concept roles.
816 816  
817 817  == 7.3 Technical Mechanism ==
818 818  
819 -The mechanism for maintain and using (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) roles is as follows:
910 +The mechanism for maintain and using concept roles is as follows:
820 820  
821 -1. Any recognized Agency can have a [[concept scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] that contains (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) that identify (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) roles. Indeed, from a technical perspective any agency can have more than one of these schemes, though this is not recommended.
822 -1. The [[concept scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] that contains the “role” (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) can contain (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) that do not play a role.
823 -1. There is no explicit indication on the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) whether it is a ‘role” (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%).
824 -1. Therefore, any (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) in any [[concept scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] is capable of being a “role” (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%).
825 -1. It is the responsibility of Agencies to ensure their community knows which (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) in which [[concept schemes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] play a “role” and the significance and interpretation of this role. In other words, such (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) must be known by applications, there is no technical mechanism that can inform an application on how to process such a “role”.
826 -1. If the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) referenced in the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) Identity in a [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] [[component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] ([[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]) is contained in the [[concept scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] containing (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) roles then the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] [[component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] could play the role implied by the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%), if this is understood by the processing application.
827 -1. If the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) referenced in the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) Identity in a [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] [[component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] ([[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]) is not contained in the [[concept scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] containing (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) roles, and the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] [[component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] is playing a role, then the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) role is identified by the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) Role in the schema.
912 +1. Any recognized Agency can have a concept scheme that contains concepts that identify concept roles. Indeed, from a technical perspective any agency can have more than one of these schemes, though this is not recommended.
913 +1. The concept scheme that contains the “role” concepts can contain concepts that do not play a role.
914 +1. There is no explicit indication on the Concept whether it is a ‘role” concept.
915 +1. Therefore, any concept in any concept scheme is capable of being a “role” concept.
916 +1. It is the responsibility of Agencies to ensure their community knows which concepts in which concept schemes play a “role” and the significance and interpretation of this role. In other words, such concepts must be known by applications, there is no technical mechanism that can inform an application on how to process such a “role”.
917 +1. If the concept referenced in the Concept Identity in a DSD component (Dimension, Measure Dimension, Attribute) is contained in the concept scheme containing concept roles then the DSD component could play the role implied by the concept, if this is understood by the processing application.
918 +1. If the concept referenced in the Concept Identity in a DSD component (Dimension, Measure Dimension, Attribute) is not contained in the concept scheme containing concept roles, and the DSD component is playing a role, then the concept role is identified by the Concept Role in the schema.
828 828  
829 829  == 7.4 SDMX-ML Examples in a DSD ==
830 830  
831 -The [[Cross-Domain Concept>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Cross-domain concept.WebHome]] Scheme maintained by [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] contains (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) role (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) (FREQ chosen as an example).
922 +The Cross-Domain Concept Scheme maintained by SDMX contains concept role concepts (FREQ chosen as an example).
832 832  
833 -[[image:1747855054559-410.png]]
924 +[[image:1747836776691-440.jpeg]]
834 834  
835 -Whether this is a role or not depends upon the application understanding that FREQ in the [[Cross-Domain Concept>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Cross-domain concept.WebHome]] Scheme is a role of Frequency.
926 +Whether this is a role or not depends upon the application understanding that FREQ in the Cross-Domain Concept Scheme is a role of Frequency.
836 836  
837 -Using a [[Concept Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] that is not the [[Cross-Domain Concept>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Cross-domain concept.WebHome]] Scheme where it is required to assign a role using the [[Cross-Domain Concept>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Cross-domain concept.WebHome]] Scheme. Again FREQ is chosen as the example.
928 +Using a Concept Scheme that is not the Cross-Domain Concept Scheme where it is required to assign a role using the Cross-Domain Concept Scheme. Again FREQ is chosen as the example.
838 838  
839 -[[image:1747855075263-887.png]]
930 +[[image:1747836776693-898.jpeg]]
840 840  
841 -This explicitly states that this [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] is playing a role identified by the FREQ (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) in the [[Cross-Domain Concept>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Cross-domain concept.WebHome]] Scheme. Again the application needs to understand what FREQ in the [[Cross-Domain Concept>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Cross-domain concept.WebHome]] Scheme implies in terms of a role.
842 842  
843 -This is all that is required for interoperability within a community. The important point is that a community must recognise a specific Agency as having the authority to define (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concept(%%) roles and to maintain these role” (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) in a [[concept scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] together with documentation on the meaning of the role and any relevant processing implications. This will then ensure there is interoperability between systems that understand the use of these (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%).
933 +This explicitly states that this Dimension is playing a role identified by the FREQ concept in the Cross-Domain Concept Scheme. Again the application needs to understand what FREQ in the Cross-Domain Concept Scheme implies in terms of a role.
844 844  
845 -Note that each of the [[Components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] (Data [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]], Primary [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]], [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], Time [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]) has a mandatory identity association ((% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) Identity) and if this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) also identifies the role then it is possible to state this by
935 +This is all that is required for interoperability within a community. The important point is that a community must recognise a specific Agency as having the authority to define concept roles and to maintain these “role” concepts in a concept scheme together with documentation on the meaning of the role and any relevant processing implications. This will then ensure there is interoperability between systems that understand the use of these concepts.
846 846  
937 +Note that each of the Components (Data Attribute, Primary Measure, Dimension, Measure Dimension, Time Dimension) has a mandatory identity association (Concept Identity) and if this Concept also identifies the role then it is possible to state this by
938 +
847 847  == 7.5 SDMX Cross Domain Concept Scheme ==
848 848  
849 -All (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)concepts(%%) in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] Cross Domain [[Concept Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]] are capable of playing a role and this scheme will contain all of the roles that were allowed at (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.0 and will be maintained with new roles that are agreed at the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) of the community using the Cross Domain [[Concept Scheme>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Concept scheme.WebHome]].
941 +All concepts in the SDMX Cross Domain Concept Scheme are capable of playing a role and this scheme will contain all of the roles that were allowed at version 2.0 and will be maintained with new roles that are agreed at the level of the community using the Cross Domain Concept Scheme.
850 850  
851 -The table below lists the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concepts(%%) that need to be in this scheme either for compatibility with (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.0 or because of requests for additional roles at (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.1 which have been accepted.
943 +The table below lists the Concepts that need to be in this scheme either for compatibility with version 2.0 or because of requests for additional roles at version 2.1 which have been accepted.
852 852  
853 -Note that each of the [[Components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] (Data [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]], Primary [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]], [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], Time [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]) has a mandatory identity association ((% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) Identity) and if this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) also identifies the role then it is possible to state this by means of the isRole [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] (isRole=true) Additional roles can still be specified by means of the +role association to additional (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concepts(%%) that identify the role.
945 +Note that each of the Components (Data Attribute, Primary Measure, Dimension, Measure Dimension, Time Dimension) has a mandatory identity association (Concept Identity) and if this Concept also identifies the role then it is possible to state this by means of the isRole attribute (isRole=true) Additional roles can still be specified by means of the +role association to additional Concepts that identify the role.
854 854  
855 855  = 8 Constraints =
856 856  
857 857  == 8.1 Introduction ==
858 858  
859 -In this (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) of [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraints(%%) is a [[Maintainable Artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintainable artefact.WebHome]] can be associated to one or more of:
951 +In this version of SDMX the Constraints is a Maintainable Artefact can be associated to one or more of:
860 860  
861 861  * Data Structure Definition
862 -* [[Metadata Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]]
863 -* [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]
864 -* [[Metadataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadataflow.WebHome]]
865 -* [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]]
866 -* [[Data Provider>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data provider.WebHome]] (this is restricted to a [[Release Calendar>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Release policy - release calendar.WebHome]] (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%))
954 +* Metadata Structure Definition
955 +* Dataflow
956 +* Metadataflow
957 +* Provision Agreement
958 +* Data Provider (this is restricted to a Release Calendar Constraint)
867 867  * Simple or Queryable Datasources
868 868  
869 -Note that regardless of the artifact to which the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) is associated, it is constraining the contents of [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] in the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] to which the constrained object is related. This does not apply, of course, to a [[Data Provider>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data provider.WebHome]] as the [[Data Provider>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data provider.WebHome]] can be associated, via the [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]], to many DSDs. Hence the reason for the restriction on the type of (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) that can be attached to a [[Data Provider>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data provider.WebHome]].
961 +Note that regardless of the artifact to which the Constraint is associated, it is constraining the contents of code lists in the DSD to which the constrained object is related. This does not apply, of course, to a Data Provider as the Data Provider can be associated, via the Provision Agreement, to many DSDs. Hence the reason for the restriction on the type of Constraint that can be attached to a Data Provider.
870 870  
871 871  == 8.2 Types of Constraint ==
872 872  
873 -The (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) can be of one of two types:
965 +The Constraint can be of one of two types:
874 874  
875 -* Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint
876 -* Attachable (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint
967 +* Content constraint
968 +* Attachable constraint
877 877  
878 -The attachable (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) is used to define “cube slices” which identify sub sets of data in terms of [[series keys>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Series key.WebHome]] or [[dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] values. The purpose of this is to enable metadata to be attached to the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%), and thereby to the cube slices defined in the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%). The metadata can be attached via the “[[reference metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Reference metadata.WebHome]]” mechanism – [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] and [[Metadata Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata set.WebHome]] – or via a Group in the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]. Below is snippet of the schema for a [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] that shows the constructs that enable the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) to referenced from a Group in a [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]].
970 +The attachable constraint is used to define “cube slices” which identify sub sets of data in terms of series keys or dimension values. The purpose of this is to enable metadata to be attached to the constraint, and thereby to the cube slices defined in the Constraint. The metadata can be attached via the “reference metadata” mechanism – MSD and Metadata Set – or via a Group in the DSD. Below is snippet of the schema for a DSD that shows the constructs that enable the Constraint to referenced from a Group in a DSD.
879 879  
880 880  [[image:1747836776695-806.jpeg]]
881 881  
882 882  **Figure 9: Extract from the SDMX-ML Schema showing reference to Attachment Constraint**
883 883  
884 -For the Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) specific “inheritance” rules apply and these are detailed below.
976 +For the Content Constraint specific “inheritance” rules apply and these are detailed below.
885 885  
886 886  == 8.3 Rules for a Content Constraint ==
887 887  
888 -=== 8.3.1 Scope of a Content Constraint ===
980 +=== 8.3.1 Scope of a Content Constraint ===
889 889  
890 -A Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) is used specify the content of a data or metadata source in terms of the [[component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] values or the keys.
982 +A Content Constraint is used specify the content of a data or metadata source in terms of the component values or the keys.
891 891  
892 -In terms of data the [[components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] are:
984 +In terms of data the components are:
893 893  
894 -* [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]
895 -* [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]
896 -* Time [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]
897 -* Data [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]
898 -* Primary [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]]
986 +* Dimension
987 +* Measure Dimension
988 +* Time Dimension
989 +* Data Attribute
990 +* Primary Measure
899 899  
900 -And the keys are the content of the KeyDescriptor – i.e. the [[series keys>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Series key.WebHome]] composed, for each key, by a value for each [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] and [[Measure>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Measure.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]
992 +And the keys are the content of the KeyDescriptor – i.e. the series keys composed, for each key, by a value for each Dimension and Measure Dimension
901 901  
902 -In terms of [[reference metadata>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Reference metadata.WebHome]] the [[components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]] are:
994 +In terms of reference metadata the components are:
903 903  
904 904  * Target Object which is one of:
905 -** Key Descriptor Values o [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] o Report Period
997 +** Key Descriptor Values o Data Set o Report Period
906 906  ** IdentifiableObject
907 -* Metadata [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]
999 +* Metadata Attribute
908 908  
909 -The “key” is therefore the combination of the Target Objects that are defined for the Metadata Target.
1001 +The “key” is therefore the combination of the Target Objects that are defined for the  Metadata Target.
910 910  
911 -For a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) based on a [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] the Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) can reference one or more of:
1003 +For a Constraint based on a DSD the Content Constraint can reference one or more of:
912 912  
913 913  * Data Structure Definition
914 -* [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]
915 -* [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]]
1006 +* Dataflow
1007 +* Provision Agreement
916 916  
917 -For a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) based on an [[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] the Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) can reference one or more of:
1009 +For a Constraint based on an MSD the Content Constraint can reference one or more of:
918 918  
919 -* [[Metadata Structure Definition>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]]
920 -* [[Metadataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadataflow.WebHome]]
921 -* [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]]
1011 +* Metadata Structure Definition
1012 +* Metadataflow
1013 +* Provision Agreement
922 922  
923 -Furthermore, there can be more than one Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) specified for a specific object e.g. more than one (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) for a specific [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]].
1015 +Furthermore, there can be more than one Content Constraint specified for a specific object e.g. more than one Constraint for a specific DSD.
924 924  
925 -In view of the flexibility of (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) attachment, clear rules on their usage are required. These are elaborated below.
1017 +In view of the flexibility of constraints attachment, clear rules on their usage are required. These are elaborated below.
926 926  
927 -=== 8.3.2 Multiple Content Constraints ===
1019 +=== 8.3.2 Multiple Content Constraints ===
928 928  
929 -There can be many Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraints(%%) for any Constrainable [[Artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] (e.g. [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]), subject to the following restrictions:
1021 +There can be many Content Constraints for any Constrainable Artefact (e.g. DSD), subject to the following restrictions:
930 930  
931 -==== 8.3.2.1 Cube Region ====
1023 +**8.3.2.1 Cube Region**
932 932  
933 -1. The (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) can contain multiple [[Member Selections>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] (e.g. [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]) but:
934 -1. A specific [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] (e.g. [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] FREQ) can only be contained in one Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) for any one attached object (e.g. a specific [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] or specific [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]])
1025 +1. The constraint can contain multiple Member Selections (e.g. Dimension) but:
1026 +1. A specific  Member Selection (e.g. Dimension FREQ)  can only be contained in one Content Constraint for any one attached object (e.g. a specific DSD or specific Dataflow)
935 935  
936 -==== 8.3.2.2 Key Set ====
1028 +**8.3.2.2 Key Set**
937 937  
938 -Key Sets will be processed in the order they appear in the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) and wildcards can be used (e.g. any key position not reference explicitly is deemed to be “all values”). As the Key Sets can be “included” or “excluded” it is recommended that Key Sets with wildcards are declared before KeySets with specific [[series keys>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Series key.WebHome]]. This will minimize the risk that keys are inadvertently included or excluded.
1030 +Key Sets will be processed in the order they appear in the Constraint and wildcards can be used (e.g. any key position not reference explicitly is deemed to be “all values”). As the Key Sets can be “included” or “excluded” it is recommended that Key Sets with wildcards are declared before KeySets with specific series keys. This will minimize the risk that keys are inadvertently included or excluded.  
939 939  
940 -=== 8.3.3 Inheritance of a Content Constraint ===
1032 +=== 8.3.3 Inheritance of a Content Constraint ===
941 941  
942 -==== 8.3.3.1 Attachment levels of a Content Constraint ====
1034 +**8.3.3.1 Attachment levels of a Content Constraint**
943 943  
944 -There are three (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)levels(%%) of (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) attachment for which these inheritance rules apply:
1036 +There are three levels of constraint attachment for which these inheritance rules apply:
945 945  
946 -* [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]/[[MSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadata structure definition.WebHome]] – top (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level
947 -** [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]/[[Metadataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadataflow.WebHome]] – second (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level
948 -*** [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]] – third (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level
1038 + DSD/MSD – top level o Dataflow/Metadataflow – second level
949 949  
950 -Note that these rules do not apply to the Simple Datasoucre or Queryable Datasource: the Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%)(s) attached to these [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] are resolved for this [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] only and do not take into account (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraints(%%) attached to other [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] (e.g. [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]]. [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]], [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]).
1040 +§ Provision Agreement third level
951 951  
952 -It is not necessary for a Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) to be attached to higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) artifact. e.g. it is valid to have a Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) for a [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]] where there are no (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) attached the relevant [[dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] or [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]].
1042 +Note that these rules do not apply to the Simple Datasoucre or Queryable Datasource: the Content Constraint(s) attached to these artefacts are resolved for this artefact only and do not take into account Constraints attached to other artefacts (e.g. Provision Agreement. Dataflow, DSD).
953 953  
954 -==== 8.3.3.2 Cascade rules for processing Constraints ====
1044 +It is not necessary for a Content Constraint to be attached to higher level artifact. e.g. it is valid to have a Content Constraint for a Provision Agreement where there are no constraints attached the relevant dataflow or DSD.
955 955  
956 -The processing of the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) on either [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]/[[Metadataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadataflow.WebHome]] or [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]] must take into account the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) declared at higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)levels(%%). The rules for the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) (attached to [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]/ [[Metadataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Metadataflow.WebHome]] and [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]]) are detailed below.
1046 +**8.3.3.2 Cascade rules for processing Constraints**
957 957  
958 -Note that there can be a situation where a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) is specified at a lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) before a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) is specified at a higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%). Therefore, it is possible that a higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) makes a lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) invalid. [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] makes no rules on how such a conflict should be handled when processing the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) for attachment. However, the cascade rules on evaluating (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) for usage are clear - the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) takes precedence in any conflicts that result in a less restrictive specification at the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%).
1048 +The processing of the constraints on either Dataflow/Metadataflow or Provision Agreement must take into account the constraints declared at higher levels. The rules for the lower level constraints (attached to Dataflow/ Metadataflow and Provision Agreement) are detailed below.
959 959  
960 -==== 8.3.3.3 Cube Region ====
1050 +Note that there can be a situation where a constraint is specified at a lower level before a constraint is specified at a higher level. Therefore, it is possible that a higher level constraint makes a lower level constraint invalid. SDMX makes no rules on how such a conflict should be handled when processing the constraint for attachment. However, the cascade rules on evaluating constraints for usage are clear - the higher level constraint takes precedence in any conflicts that result in a less restrictive specification at the lower level.
961 961  
962 -1. It is not necessary to have a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) on the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) artifact (e.g. [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] referenced by the [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]) but if there is such a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) at the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%)(s) then:
963 -a. The lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) cannot be less restrictive than the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) specified for the same [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] (e.g. [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]) at the next higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) which (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) that [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] (e.g. if the [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] FREQ is constrained to A, Q in a [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] then the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) at the [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] or [[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]] cannot be A, Q, M or even just M – it can only further constrain A,Q).
964 -b. The (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) at the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) for any one [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] further constrains the content for the same [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] at the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%)(s).
965 -1. Any [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] which is not referenced in a Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) is deemed to be constrained according to the Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) specified at the next higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) which (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) that [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]].
966 -1. If there is a conflict when resolving the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) in terms of a lower-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) being less restrictive than a higher-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) then the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) at the higher-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) is used.
1052 +**8.3.3.3 Cube Region**
967 967  
968 -Note that it is possible for a Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) at a higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) to constrain, say, four [[Dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] in a single (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%), and a Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) at a lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) to constrain the same four in two, three, or four Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraints(%%).
1054 +1. It is not necessary to have a constraint on the higher level artifact (e.g. DSD referenced by the Dataflow) but if there is such a constraint at the higher level(s) then:
1055 +11. The lower level constraint cannot be less restrictive than the constraint specified for the same Member Selection (e.g. Dimension) at the next higher level which constraints that Member Selection (e.g. if the Dimension FREQ is constrained to A, Q in a DSD then the constraint at the Dataflow or Provision Agreement cannot be A, Q, M or even just M – it can only further constrain A,Q).
1056 +11. The constraint at the lower level for any one Member Selection further constrains the content for the same Member Selection at the higher level(s).
1057 +1. Any Member Selection which is not referenced in a Content Constraint is deemed to be constrained according to the Content Constraint specified at the next higher level which constraints that Member Selection.
1058 +1. If there is a conflict when resolving the constraint in terms of a lower-level constraint being less restrictive than a higher-level constraint then the constraint at the higher-level is used.
969 969  
970 -==== 8.3.3.4 Key Set ====
1060 +Note that it is possible for a Content Constraint at a higher level to constrain, say, four Dimensions in a single constraint, and a Content Constraint at a lower level to constrain the same four in two, three, or four Content Constraints.
971 971  
972 -1. It is not necessary to have a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) on the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] (e.g. [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] referenced by the [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]) but if there is such a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) at the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%)(s) then:
973 -a. The lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) cannot be less restrictive than the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) specified at the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%).
974 -b. The (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) at the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) for any one [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] further constrains the keys specified at the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%)(s).
975 -1. Any [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]] which is not referenced in a Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) is deemed to be constrained according to the Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) specified at the next higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) which (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) that [[Member Selection>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Member selection.WebHome]].
976 -1. If there is a conflict when resolving the keys in the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) at two (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)levels(%%), in terms of a lower-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) being less restrictive than a higher-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%), then the offending keys specified at the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) are not deemed part of the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%).
1062 +**8.3.3.4 Key Set**
977 977  
978 -Note that a Key in a Key Set can have wildcarded [[Components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]]. For instance the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) may simply constrain the [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] FREQ to “A”, and all keys where the FREQ=A are therefore valid.
1064 +1. It is not necessary to have a constraint on the higher level artefact (e.g. DSD referenced by the Dataflow) but if there is such a constraint at the higher level(s) then:
1065 +11. The lower level constraint cannot be less restrictive than the constraint specified at the higher level.
1066 +11. The constraint at the lower level for any one Member Selection further constrains the keys specified at the higher level(s).
1067 +1. Any Member Selection which is not referenced in a Content Constraint is deemed to be constrained according to the Content Constraint specified at the next higher level which constraints that Member Selection.
1068 +1. If there is a conflict when resolving the keys in the constraint at two levels, in terms of a lower-level constraint being less restrictive than a higher-level constraint, then the offending keys specified at the lower level are not deemed part of the constraint.
979 979  
980 -The following logic explains how the inheritance mechanism works. Note that this is conceptual logic and actual systems may differ in the way this is implemented.
1070 +Note that a Key in a Key Set can have wildcarded Components. For instance the constraint may simply constrain the Dimension FREQ to “A”, and all keys where the FREQ=A are therefore valid.
981 981  
982 -1. Determine all possible keys that are valid at the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%).
983 -1. These keys are deemed to be inherited by the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) constrained object, subject to the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) specified at the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%).
984 -1. Determine all possible keys that are possible using the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) specified at the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%).
985 -1. At the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) inherit all keys that match with the higher (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%).
986 -1. If there are keys in the lower (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) that are not inherited then the key is invalid (i.e. it is less restrictive).
1072 +The following logic explains how the inheritance mechanism works. Note that this is conceptual logic and actual systems may differ in the way this is implemented. 
987 987  
988 -=== 8.3.4 Constraints Examples ===
1074 +1. Determine all possible keys that are valid at the higher level.
1075 +1. These keys are deemed to be inherited by the lower level constrained object, subject to the constraints specified at the lower level.
1076 +1. Determine all possible keys that are possible using the constraints specified at the lower level.
1077 +1. At the lower level inherit all keys that match with the higher level constraint.
1078 +1. If there are keys in the lower level constraint that are not inherited then the key is invalid (i.e. it is less restrictive).
989 989  
1080 +**8.3.4 Constraints Examples**
1081 +
990 990  The following scenario is used.
991 991  
992 -__DSD__
1084 +=== DSD ===
993 993  
994 -This contains the following [[Dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]]:
1086 +This contains the following Dimensions:
995 995  
996 996  * GEO – Geography
997 997  * SEX – Sex
998 -* [[AGE>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Age.WebHome]][[Age>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Age.WebHome]]
1090 +* AGE – Age
999 999  * CAS – Current Activity Status
1000 1000  
1001 -In the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] common [[code lists>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] are used and the requirement is to restrict these at various (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)levels(%%) to specify the actual [[code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] that are valid for the object to which the Content (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) is attached.
1093 +In the DSD common code lists are used and the requirement is to restrict these at various levels to specify the actual code that are valid for the object to which the Content Constraint is attached.
1002 1002  
1003 -[[image:1747855493531-357.png]]
1004 1004  
1005 -**Figure 10: Example Scenario for Constraints**
1096 +|(((
1097 +
1098 +)))
1006 1006  
1007 -(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraints(%%) are declared as follows:
1100 +|(((
1101 +
1102 +)))
1008 1008  
1009 -[[image:1747855462293-368.png]]
1104 +|(((
1105 +
1106 +)))
1010 1010  
1011 -**Figure 11: Example Content Constraints**
1108 +|(((
1109 +**Figure**
1110 +)))
1012 1012  
1112 +|(((
1113 +**10**
1114 +)))
1115 +
1116 +|(((
1117 +**:**
1118 +)))
1119 +
1120 +|(((
1121 +**~ Example Sce**
1122 +)))
1123 +
1124 +|(((
1125 +**nario for Constraints**
1126 +)))
1127 +
1128 +|(((
1129 +**~ **
1130 +)))
1131 +
1132 +
1133 +
1134 +Constraints are declared as follows:
1135 +
1136 +
1137 +|(((
1138 +
1139 +)))
1140 +
1141 +|(((
1142 +
1143 +)))
1144 +
1145 +|(((
1146 +
1147 +)))
1148 +
1149 +|(((
1150 +**Figure**
1151 +)))
1152 +
1153 +|(((
1154 +**11**
1155 +)))
1156 +
1157 +|(((
1158 +**:**
1159 +)))
1160 +
1161 +|(((
1162 +**~ Example Content Constraints**
1163 +)))
1164 +
1165 +|(((
1166 +**~ **
1167 +)))
1168 +
1169 +
1170 +
1013 1013  **Notes:**
1014 1014  
1015 -1. [[AGE>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Age.WebHome]] is constrained for the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] and is further restricted for the [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] CENSUS_CUBE1.
1016 -1. The same (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%) applies to both Provision Agreements.
1173 +1. AGE is constrained for the DSD and is further restricted for the Dataflow
1017 1017  
1175 +CENSUS_CUBE1.
1176 +
1177 +1. The same Constraint applies to both Provision Agreements.
1178 +
1018 1018  The cascade rules elaborated above result as follows:
1019 1019  
1020 -__[[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]]__
1181 +DSD
1021 1021  
1022 -~1. Constrained by eliminating [[code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] 001 from the [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] for the [[AGE>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Age.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]].
1183 +~1. Constrained by eliminating code 001 from the code list for the AGE Dimension.
1023 1023  
1024 -__[[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] CENSUS_CUBE1__
1185 +=== Dataflow CENSUS_CUBE1 ===
1025 1025  
1026 -1. Constrained by restricting the [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] for the [[AGE>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Age.WebHome]] [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] to [[codes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] 002 and 003(note that this is a more restrictive (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) than that declared for the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] which specifies all [[codes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] except [[code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] 001).
1027 -1. Restricts the CAS [[codes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] to 003 and 004.
1187 +1. Constrained by restricting the code list for the AGE Dimension to codes 002 and 003(note that this is a more restrictive constraint than that declared for the DSD which specifies all codes except code 001).
1188 +1. Restricts the CAS codes to 003 and 004.
1028 1028  
1029 -__[[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] CENSUS_CUBE2__
1190 +=== Dataflow CENSUS_CUBE2 ===
1030 1030  
1031 -1. Restricts the [[code list>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code list.WebHome]] for the CAS [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] to [[codes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] TOT and NAP.
1032 -1. Inherits the [[AGE>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Age.WebHome]] (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) applied at the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) of the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]].
1192 +1. Restricts the code list for the CAS Dimension to codes TOT and NAP.
1193 +1. Inherits the AGE constraint applied at the level of the DSD.
1033 1033  
1034 -__Provision Agreements CENSUS_CUBE1_IT__
1195 +=== Provision Agreements CENSUS_CUBE1_IT ===
1035 1035  
1036 -1. Restricts the [[codes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] for the GEO [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] to IT and its children.
1037 -1. Inherits the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) from [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] CENSUS_CUBE1 for the [[AGE>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Age.WebHome]] and CAS [[Dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]].
1197 +1. Restricts the codes for the GEO Dimension to IT and its children.
1198 +1. Inherits the constraints from Dataflow CENSUS_CUBE1  for the AGE and CAS Dimensions.
1038 1038  
1039 -__Provision Agreements CENSUS_CUBE2_IT__
1200 +=== Provision Agreements CENSUS_CUBE2_IT ===
1040 1040  
1041 -1. Restricts the [[codes>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] for the GEO [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] to IT and its children.
1042 -1. Inherits the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) from [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] CENSUS_CUBE2 for the CAS [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]].
1043 -1. Inherits the [[AGE>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Age.WebHome]] (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraint(%%) applied at the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)level(%%) of the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]].
1202 +1. Restricts the codes for the GEO Dimension to IT and its children.
1203 +1. Inherits the constraints from Dataflow CENSUS_CUBE2 for the CAS Dimension.
1204 +1. Inherits the AGE constraint applied at the level of the DSD.
1044 1044  
1045 -The (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)constraints(%%) are defined as follows:
1206 +The constraints are defined as follows:
1046 1046  
1047 -__[[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%)__
1208 +=== DSD Constraint ===
1048 1048  
1049 1049  [[image:1747836776698-720.jpeg]]
1050 1050  
1051 -__[[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraints(%%)__
1212 +=== Dataflow Constraints ===
1052 1052  
1053 1053  [[image:1747836776701-360.jpeg]]
1054 1054  
1055 -[[image:1747836776707-834.jpeg]]
1216 +=== [[image:1747836776707-834.jpeg]] ===
1056 1056  
1057 -__[[Provision Agreement>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Provision agreement.WebHome]] (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Constraint(%%)__
1218 +=== Provision Agreement Constraint ===
1058 1058  
1059 1059  [[image:1747836776710-262.jpeg]]
1060 1060  
... ... @@ -1062,115 +1062,122 @@
1062 1062  
1063 1063  == 9.1 Scope ==
1064 1064  
1065 -The scope of this section is to define both best practices and mandatory behaviour for specific aspects of transformation between different formats of [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]].
1226 +The scope of this section is to define both best practices and mandatory behaviour for specific aspects of transformation between different formats of SDMX.
1066 1066  
1067 1067  == 9.2 Groups and Dimension Groups ==
1068 1068  
1069 -=== 9.2.1 Issue ===
1230 +=== 9.2.1 Issue ===
1070 1070  
1071 -(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Version(%%) 2.1 introduces a more granular mechanism for specifying the relationship between a Data [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] and the [[Dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] to which the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] applies. The technical construct for this is the [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] Group. This [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] Group has no direct equivalent in (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)versions(%%) 2.0 and 1.0 and so the application transforming data from a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.1 [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] to a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.0 or (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 1.0 [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] must decide to which construct the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] value, whose [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] is declared in a [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] Group, should be attached. The closest construct is the “Series” [[attachment level>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attachment level.WebHome]] and in many cases this is the correct construct to use.
1232 +Version 2.1 introduces a more granular mechanism for specifying the relationship between a Data Attribute and the Dimensions to which the attribute applies. The technical construct for this is the Dimension Group. This Dimension Group has no direct equivalent in versions 2.0 and 1.0 and so the application transforming data from a version 2.1 data set to a version 2.0 or version 1.0 data set must decide to which construct the attribute value, whose Attribute is declared in a Dimension Group, should be attached. The closest construct is the “Series” attachment level and in many cases this is the correct construct to use.
1072 1072  
1073 -However, there is one case where the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] MUST be attached to a Group in the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.0 and 1.0 message. The conditions of this case are:
1234 +However, there is one case where the attribute MUST be attached to a Group in the version 2.0 and 1.0 message. The conditions of this case are:
1074 1074  
1075 -1. A Group is defined in the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] with exactly the same [[Dimensions>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] as a [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] Group in the same [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]].
1076 -1. The [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] is defined in the [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] with an [[Attribute Relationship>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute relationship.WebHome]] to the [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]] Group. This [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] is NOT defined as having an [[Attribute Relationship>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute relationship.WebHome]] to the Group.
1236 +1. A Group is defined in the DSD with exactly the same Dimensions as a Dimension Group in the same DSD.
1237 +1. The Attribute is defined in the DSD with an Attribute Relationship to the Dimension Group. This attribute is NOT defined as having an Attribute Relationship to the Group.
1077 1077  
1078 1078  === 9.2.2 Structural Metadata ===
1079 1079  
1080 -If the conditions defined in 9.2.1are true then on conversion to a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) 2.0 or 1.0 [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] (Key Family) the [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]]/[[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]].attachmentLevel must be set to “Group” and the [[Component>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]]/[[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]]/AttachmentGroup” is used to identify the Group. Note that under rule(1) in 1.2.1 this group will have been defined in the V 2.1 [[DSD>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data structure definition.WebHome]] and so will be present in the V 2.0 transformation.
1241 +If the conditions defined in 9.2.1are true then on conversion to a version 2.0 or 1.0 DSD (Key Family) the Component/Attribute.attachmentLevel must be set to “Group” and the Component/Attribute/AttachmentGroup” is used to identify the Group. Note that under rule(1) in 1.2.1 this group will have been defined in the V 2.1 DSD and so will be present in the V 2.0 transformation.
1081 1081  
1082 -=== 9.2.3 Data ===
1243 +=== 9.2.3 Data ===
1083 1083  
1084 -If the conditions defined in 9.2.1are true then, on conversion from a 2.1 [[data set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] to a 2.0 or 1.0 [[dataset>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] value will be placed in the relevant . If these conditions are not true then the [[attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]] value will be placed in the .
1245 +If the conditions defined in 9.2.1are true then, on conversion from a 2.1 data set to a 2.0 or 1.0 dataset the attribute value will be placed in the relevant <Group>. If these conditions are not true then the attribute value will be placed in the <Series>.
1085 1085  
1086 1086  === 9.2.4 Compact Schema ===
1087 1087  
1088 -If the conditions defined in 9.2.1are true then the Compact Schema must be generated with the Group present and the [[Attribute>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Attribute.WebHome]](s) present in that group definition.
1249 +If the conditions defined in 9.2.1are true then the Compact Schema must be generated with the Group present and the Attribute(s) present in that group definition.
1089 1089  
1090 1090  = 10 Validation and Transformation Language (VTL) =
1091 1091  
1092 1092  == 10.1 Introduction ==
1093 1093  
1094 -The [[Validation and Transformation Language>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] ([[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]]) supports the definition of Transformations, which are algorithms to calculate new data starting from already existing ones[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[4~]^^>>path:#_ftn4]](%%). The purpose of the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] context is to enable the:
1255 +The Validation and Transformation Language (VTL) supports the definition of Transformations, which are algorithms to calculate new data starting from already existing ones[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[4~]^^>>path:#_ftn4]](%%). The purpose of the VTL in the SDMX context is to enable the:
1095 1095  
1096 -* definition of validation and transformation algorithms, in order to specify how to calculate new data from existing ones;
1097 -* exchange of the definition of [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] algorithms, also together the definition of the data structures of the involved data (for example, exchange the data structures of a reporting framework together with the validation rules to be applied, exchange the input and output data structures of a calculation task together with the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] Transformations describing the calculation algorithms);
1098 -* compilation and execution of [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] algorithms, either interpreting the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] transformations or translating them in whatever other computer language is deemed as appropriate.
1257 +* definition of validation and transformation algorithms, in order to specify how to calculate new data  from existing ones;
1258 +* exchange of the definition of VTL algorithms, also together the definition of the data structures of the involved data (for example, exchange the data structures of a reporting framework together with the validation rules to be applied, exchange the input and output data structures of a calculation task together with the VTL Transformations describing the calculation algorithms);
1259 +* compilation and execution of VTL algorithms, either interpreting the VTL transformations or translating them in whatever other computer language is deemed as appropriate.
1099 1099  
1100 -It is important to note that the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] has its own information model (IM), derived from the Generic Statistical Information Model (GSIM) and described in the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] User Guide. The [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] IM is designed to be compatible with more standards, like [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]], DDI (Data Documentation Initiative) and GSIM, and includes the model [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] that can be manipulated (inputs and/or outputs of transformations, e.g. “[[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]”, “Data Structure”) and the model [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] that allow the definition of the transformation algorithms (e.g. “Transformation”, “Transformation Scheme”).
1261 +It is important to note that the VTL has its own information model (IM), derived from the Generic Statistical Information Model (GSIM) and described in the VTL User Guide. The VTL IM is designed to be compatible with more standards, like SDMX, DDI (Data Documentation Initiative) and GSIM, and includes the model artefacts that can be manipulated (inputs and/or outputs of transformations, e.g. “Data Set”, “Data Structure”) and the model artefacts that allow the definition of  the transformation algorithms (e.g. “Transformation”, “Transformation Scheme”).
1101 1101  
1102 -The [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] language can be applied to [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] by (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)mapping(%%) the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] IM model [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] to the model [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] that [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] can manipulate. Thus, the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] can be used in [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] as inputs and/or outputs of transformations. It is important to be aware that the [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] do not always have the same names in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] and [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] IMs, nor do they always have the same meaning. The more evident example is given by the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[Dataset>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]] and the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]”, which do not correspond one another: as a matter of fact, the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] [[Data Set>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]](% style="color:#e74c3c" %)maps(%%) to the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]”, while the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[Dataset>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]” has no explicit (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)mapping(%%) to [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] (such an abstraction is not needed in the definition of [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] transformations). A [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[Dataset>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Data set.WebHome]]”, however, is an instance of a [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]” and can be the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] on which the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] transformations are executed (i.e., the transformations are defined on [[Dataflows>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] and are applied to [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] instances that can be Datasets).
1263 +The VTL language can be applied to SDMX artefacts by mapping the SDMX IM model artefacts to the model artefacts that VTL can manipulate. Thus, the SDMX artefacts can be used in VTL as inputs and/or outputs of transformations.  It is important to be aware that the artefacts do not always have the same names in the SDMX and VTL IMs, nor do they always have the same meaning. The more evident example is given by the SDMX Dataset and the VTL “Data Set”, which do not correspond one another: as a matter of fact, the VTL “Data Set” maps to the SDMX “Dataflow”, while the SDMX “Dataset” has no explicit mapping to VTL (such an abstraction is not needed in the definition of VTL transformations). A SDMX “Dataset”, however, is an instance of a SDMX “Dataflow” and can be the artefact on which the VTL transformations are executed (i.e., the transformations are defined on Dataflows and are applied to Dataflow instances that can be Datasets). 
1103 1103  
1104 -The [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] programs (Transformation Schemes) are represented in [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] through the TransformationScheme maintainable class which is composed of Transformation ([[nameable artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Nameable artefact.WebHome]]). Each Transformation assigns the outcome of the evaluation of a [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] expression to a result.
1265 +The VTL programs (Transformation Schemes) are represented in SDMX through the TransformationScheme maintainable class which is composed of Transformation (nameable artefact). Each Transformation assigns the outcome of the evaluation of a VTL expression to a result.
1105 1105  
1106 -This section does not explain the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] language or any of the content published in the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] guides. Rather, this is a description of how the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] can be used in the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] context and applied to [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]].
1267 +This section does not explain the VTL language or any of the content published in the VTL guides. Rather, this is a description of how the VTL can be used in the SDMX context and applied to SDMX artefacts.
1107 1107  
1108 1108  == 10.2 References to SDMX artefacts from VTL statements ==
1109 1109  
1110 1110  === 10.2.1 Introduction ===
1111 1111  
1112 -The [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] can manipulate [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] (or objects) by referencing them through pre-defined conventional names (aliases).
1273 +The VTL can manipulate SDMX artefacts (or objects) by referencing them through pre-defined conventional names (aliases). 
1113 1113  
1114 -The alias of a [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] can be its URN (Universal Resource Name), an abbreviation of its URN or another user-defined name.
1275 +The alias of a SDMX artefact can be its URN (Universal Resource Name), an abbreviation of its URN or another user-defined name.
1115 1115  
1116 -In any case, the aliases used in the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] transformations have to be (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)mapped(%%) to the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlMapping classes (see the section of the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] IM relevant to the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]]). A VtlMapping allows specifying the aliases to be used in the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] transformations, rulesets[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[5~]^^>>path:#_ftn5]](%%) or user defined operators[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[6~]^^>>path:#_ftn6]](%%) to reference [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]]. A VtlMappingScheme is a container for zero or more VtlMapping.
1277 +In any case, the aliases used in the VTL transformations have to be mapped to the
1117 1117  
1118 -The correspondence between an alias and a [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] must be one-to-one, meaning that a generic alias identifies one and just one [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] while a [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is identified by one and just one alias. In other words, within a VtlMappingScheme an [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] can have just one alias and different [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] cannot have the same alias.
1279 +SDMX artefacts through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlMapping classes (see the section of the SDMX IM relevant to the VTL). A VtlMapping allows specifying the aliases to be used in the VTL transformations, rulesets[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[5~]^^>>path:#_ftn5]](%%) or user defined operators[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[6~]^^>>path:#_ftn6]](%%)  to reference SDMX artefacts. A VtlMappingScheme is a container for zero or more VtlMapping. 
1119 1119  
1281 +The correspondence between an alias and a SDMX artefact must be one-to-one, meaning that a generic alias  identifies one and just one SDMX artefact while a SDMX artefact is identified by one and just one alias. In other words, within a VtlMappingScheme an artefact can have just one alias and different artefacts cannot have the same alias.
1282 +
1120 1120  The references through the URN and the abbreviated URN are described in the following paragraphs.
1121 1121  
1122 1122  === 10.2.2 References through the URN ===
1123 1123  
1124 -This approach has the advantage that in the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] [[code>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Code.WebHome]] the URN of the referenced [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is directly intelligible by a human reader but has the drawback that the references are verbose.
1287 +This approach has the advantage that in the VTL code the URN of the referenced artefacts is directly intelligible by a human reader but has the drawback that the references are verbose.
1125 1125  
1126 -The [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] URN[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[7~]^^>>path:#_ftn7]](%%) is the concatenation of the following parts, separated by special symbols like dot, equal, asterisk, comma, and parenthesis:^^ ^^
1289 +The SDMX URN[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[7~]^^>>path:#_ftn7]](%%) is the concatenation of the following parts, separated by special symbols like dot, equal, asterisk, comma, and parenthesis:^^ ^^
1127 1127  
1128 -* SDMXprefix
1129 -* [[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]]-package-name
1130 -* class-name
1131 -* agency-id
1291 +* SDMXprefix                                                                                   
1292 +* SDMX-IM-package-name             
1293 +* class-name                                                                        
1294 +* agency-id                                                                          
1132 1132  * maintainedobject-id
1133 -* maintainedobject-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version
1134 -* container-object-id [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[8~]^^>>path:#_ftn8]]
1296 +* maintainedobject-version
1297 +* container-object-id [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[8~]^^>>path:#_ftn8]]
1135 1135  * object-id
1136 1136  
1137 1137  The generic structure of the URN is the following:
1138 1138  
1139 -SDMXprefix**.**[[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]]-package-name**.**class-name**=**agency-id**:**maintainedobject-id
1302 +SDMXprefix**.**SDMX-IM-package-name**.**class-name**=**agency-id**:**maintainedobject-id
1140 1140  
1141 -**(**maintainedobject-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%)**).***container-object-id**.**object-id
1304 +**(**maintainedobject-version**).***container-object-id**.**object-id
1142 1142  
1143 -The **[[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] prefix** is “urn:[[sdmx>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]]:org”, always the same for all [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]].
1306 +The **SDMX prefix** is “urn:sdmx:org”, always the same for all SDMX artefacts.
1144 1144  
1145 -The **[[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]]-package-name **is the concatenation of the string** **“[[sdmx>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]].infomodel.” with the package-name which the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] belongs to. For example, for referencing a [[dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] the [[SDMX-IM>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.SDMX Information Model.WebHome]]-package-name is “[[sdmx>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]].infomodel.datastructure”, because the class ,,[[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]],, belongs to the package “datastructure”.
1308 +The **SDMX-IM-package-name **is the concatenation of the string** **“sdmx.infomodel.” with the package-name which the artefact belongs to. For example, for referencing a dataflow the SDMX-IM-package-name is  “sdmx.infomodel.datastructure”, because the class ,,Dataflow,, belongs to the package “datastructure”.
1146 1146  
1147 -The **class-name** is the name of the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] object class which the [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] object belongs to (e.g., for referencing a [[dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] the class-name is “[[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]”). The [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] can reference [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] that belong to the classes ,,[[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]], [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]],,,
1310 +The **class-name** is the name of the SDMX object class which the SDMX object belongs to (e.g., for referencing a dataflow the class-name is “Dataflow”). The VTL can reference SDMX artefacts that belong to the classes ,,Dataflow, Dimension,,,
1148 1148  
1149 -MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute, (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%), ConceptScheme, Codelist.
1312 +MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute, Concept, ConceptScheme, Codelist.
1150 1150  
1151 -The **agency-id** is the acronym of the agency that owns the definition of the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]], for example for the Eurostat [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] the agency-id is “ESTAT”). The agency-id can be composite (for example AgencyA.Dept1.Unit2).
1314 +The **agency-id** is the acronym of the agency that owns the definition of the artefact, for example for the Eurostat artefacts the agency-id is “ESTAT”). The agency-id can be composite (for example AgencyA.Dept1.Unit2).
1152 1152  
1153 -The **maintainedobject-id** is the name of the maintained object which the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] belongs to, and in case the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] itself is maintainable[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[9~]^^>>path:#_ftn9]](%%), coincides with the name of the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]]. Therefore the maintainedobject-id depends on the class of the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]]:
1316 +The **maintainedobject-id** is the name of the maintained object which the artefact belongs to, and in case the artefact itself is maintainable[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[9~]^^>>path:#_ftn9]](%%), coincides with the name of the artefact. Therefore the maintainedobject-id depends on the class of the artefact:
1154 1154  
1155 -* if the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is a [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]], which is a maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the [[Dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] name ([[dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]]-id);
1156 -* if the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is a [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure or DataAttribute, which are not maintainable and belong to the DataStructure maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the name of the DataStructure (dataStructure-id) which the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] belongs to;
1157 -* if the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%), which is not maintainable and belongs to the ConceptScheme maintainable class, ,, ,,the maintainedobject-id is the name of the ConceptScheme (conceptScheme-id) which the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] belongs to;
1158 -* if the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is a ConceptScheme, which is a maintainable class, ,, ,,the maintainedobject-id is the name of the ConceptScheme (conceptScheme-id);
1159 -* if the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is a Codelist, which is a maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the Codelist name (codelist-id).
1318 +* if the artefact is a ,,Dataflow,,, which is a maintainable class,  the maintainedobject-id is the Dataflow name (dataflow-id);
1319 +* if the artefact is a Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure or DataAttribute, which are not maintainable and belong to the ,,DataStructure,, maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the name of the DataStructure (dataStructure-id) which the artefact belongs to;
1320 +* if the artefact is a ,,Concept,,, which is not maintainable and belongs to the ConceptScheme maintainable class, ,, ,,the maintainedobject-id is the name of the ConceptScheme (conceptScheme-id) which the artefact belongs to;
1321 +* if the artefact is a ,,ConceptScheme,,, which is a maintainable class, ,, ,,the maintainedobject-id is the name of the ConceptScheme (conceptScheme-id);
1322 +* if the artefact is a ,,Codelist, ,,which is a maintainable class,  the maintainedobject-id is the Codelist name (codelist-id).
1160 1160  
1161 -The **maintainedobject-(% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%)** is the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) of the maintained object which the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] belongs to (for example, possible (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)versions(%%) are 1.0, 2.1, 3.1.2).
1324 +The **maintainedobject-version** is the version of the maintained object which the artefact belongs to (for example, possible versions are 1.0, 2.1, 3.1.2).
1162 1162  
1163 -The **container-object-id** does not apply to the classes that can be referenced in [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] transformations, therefore is not present in their URN
1326 +The **container-object-id** does not apply to the classes that can be referenced in VTL transformations, therefore is not present in their URN
1164 1164  
1165 -The **object-id** is the name of the non-[[maintainable artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Maintainable artefact.WebHome]] (when the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is maintainable its name is already specified as the maintainedobject-id, see above), in particular it has to be specified:
1328 +The **object-id** is the name of the non-maintainable artefact (when the artefact is maintainable its name is already specified as the maintainedobject-id, see above), in particular it has to be specified:
1166 1166  
1167 -* if the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is a [[Dimension>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dimension.WebHome]], MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure or DataAttribute (the object-id is the name of one of the [[artefacts>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] above, which are data structure [[components>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Component.WebHome]])
1168 -* if the [[artefact>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Artefact.WebHome]] is a (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%) (the object-id is the name of the (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)Concept(%%))
1330 +* if the artefact is a Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure or DataAttribute  (the object-id is the name of one of
1169 1169  
1170 -For example, by using the URN, the [[VTL>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Validation and transformation language.WebHome]] transformation that sums two [[SDMX>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Statistical data and metadata exchange.WebHome]] [[dataflows>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] DF1 and DF2 and assigns the result to a third persistent [[dataflow>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]] DFR, assuming that DF1, DF2 and DFR are the maintainedobject-id of the three [[dataflows>>doc:sdmx:Glossary.Dataflow.WebHome]], that their (% style="color:#e74c3c" %)version(%%) is 1.0 and their Agency is AG, would be written as[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[10~]^^>>path:#_ftn10]](%%):
1332 +the artefacts above, which are data structure components)
1171 1171  
1334 +* if the artefact is a ,,Concept ,,(the object-id is the name of the ,,Concept,,)
1335 +
1336 +For example, by using the URN, the VTL transformation that sums two SDMX dataflows DF1 and DF2 and assigns the result to a third persistent dataflow DFR, assuming that DF1, DF2  and  DFR are the maintainedobject-id of the three dataflows, that their version is 1.0 and their Agency is AG, would be written as[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[10~]^^>>path:#_ftn10]](%%):
1337 +
1172 1172  ‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DFR(1.0)’  <-
1173 -‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DF1(1.0)’  +
1339 +
1340 +‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DF1(1.0)’   +
1341 +
1174 1174  ‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DF2(1.0)’
1175 1175  
1176 1176  === 10.2.3 Abbreviation of the URN ===
... ... @@ -1180,50 +1180,52 @@
1180 1180  The URN can be abbreviated by omitting the parts that are not essential for the identification of the artefact or that can be deduced from other available information, including the context in which the invocation is made. The possible abbreviations are described below.
1181 1181  
1182 1182  * The **SDMXPrefix** can be omitted for all the SDMX objects, because it is a prefixed string (urn:sdmx:org), always the same for SDMX objects.
1183 -* The **SDMX-IM-package-name **can be omitted as well because it can be deduced from the class-name that follows it (the table of the SDMX-IM packages and classes that allows this deduction is in the SDMX 2.1 Standards - Section 5 - Registry Specifications, paragraph 6.2.3). In particular, considering the object classes of the artefacts that VTL can reference, the package is: 
1184 -** “datastructure” for the classes Dataflow, Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute,
1185 -** “conceptscheme” for the classes Concept and ConceptScheme
1186 -** “codelist” for the class Codelist.
1187 -* The **class-name** can be omitted as it can be deduced from the VTL invocation. In particular, starting from the VTL class of the invoked artefact (e.g. dataset, component, identifier, measure, attribute, variable, valuedomain), which is known given the syntax of the invoking VTL operator[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[11~]^^>>path:#_ftn11]](%%), the SDMX class can be deduced from the mapping rules between VTL and SDMX (see the section “Mapping between VTL and SDMX” hereinafter)[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[12~]^^>>path:#_ftn12]](%%).
1188 -* If the **agency-id** is not specified, it is assumed by default equal to the agency-id of the TransformationScheme, UserDefinedOperatorScheme or RulesetScheme from which the artefact is invoked. For example, the agency-id can be omitted if it is the same as the invoking TransformationScheme and cannot be omitted if the artefact comes from another agency.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[13~]^^>>path:#_ftn13]](%%) Take also into account that, according to the VTL consistency rules, the agency of the result of a Transformation must be the same as its TransformationScheme, therefore the agency-id can be omitted for all the results (left part of Transformation statements).
1189 -* As for the **maintainedobject-id**, this is essential in some cases while in other cases it can be omitted: o if the referenced artefact is a Dataflow, which is a maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the dataflow-id and obviously cannot be omitted;
1190 -** if the referenced artefact is a Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute, which are not maintainable and belong to the DataStructure maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the dataStructure-id and can be omitted, given that these components are always invoked within the invocation of a Dataflow, whose dataStructure-id can be deduced from the SDMX structural definitions;
1191 -** if the referenced artefact is a Concept, which is not maintainable and belong to the ConceptScheme maintainable class,,, ,,the maintained object is the conceptScheme-id and cannot be omitted;
1192 -** if the referenced artefact is a ConceptScheme, which is a,, ,,maintainable class,,, ,,the maintained object is the conceptScheme-id and obviously cannot be omitted;
1193 -** if the referenced artefact is a Codelist, which is a maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the codelist-id and obviously cannot be omitted.
1351 +* The **SDMX-IM-package-name **can be omitted as well because it can be deduced from the class-name that follows it (the table of the SDMX-IM packages and classes that allows this deduction is in the SDMX 2.1 Standards - Section 5 -  Registry Specifications, paragraph 6.2.3). In particular, considering the object classes of the artefacts that VTL can reference, the package is: 
1352 +** “datastructure” for the classes Dataflow, Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute,  
1353 +** “conceptscheme” for the classes Concept and ConceptScheme o “codelist” for the class Codelist.
1354 +* The **class-name** can be omitted as it can be deduced from the VTL invocation.  In particular, starting from the VTL class of the invoked artefact (e.g. dataset, component, identifier, measure, attribute, variable, valuedomain),  which is known given the syntax of the invoking VTL operator[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[11~]^^>>path:#_ftn11]](%%), the SDMX class can be deduced from the mapping rules between VTL and SDMX (see the section “Mapping between VTL and SDMX” hereinafter)[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[12~]^^>>path:#_ftn12]](%%).
1355 +* If the **agency-id** is not specified, it is assumed by default equal to the agency-id of the TransformationScheme, UserDefinedOperatorScheme or RulesetScheme from which the artefact is invoked. For example, the agency-id can be omitted if it is the same as the invoking T,,ransformationScheme,, and cannot be omitted if the artefact comes from another agency.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[13~]^^>>path:#_ftn13]](%%)  Take also into account that, according to the VTL consistency rules, the agency of the result of a ,,Transformation,, must be the same as its ,,TransformationScheme,,, therefore the agency-id can be omitted for all the results (left part of ,,Transformation,, statements).
1356 +* As for the **maintainedobject-id**, this is essential in some cases while in other cases it can be omitted: o if the referenced artefact is a ,,Dataflow,,, which is a maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the dataflow-id and obviously cannot be omitted;
1357 +** if the referenced artefact is a Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute, which are not maintainable and belong to the ,,DataStructure,, maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the dataStructure-id and can be omitted, given that these components are always invoked within the invocation of a ,,Dataflow,,, whose dataStructure-id can be deduced from the
1358 +
1359 +SDMX structural definitions;  o if the referenced artefact is a ,,Concept, ,,which is not maintainable and belong to the ,,ConceptScheme ,,maintainable class,,, ,,the maintained object is the conceptScheme-id and cannot be omitted;
1360 +
1361 +*
1362 +** if the referenced artefact is a ,,ConceptScheme, ,,which is a,, ,,maintainable class,,, ,,the maintained object is the ,,conceptScheme-id,, and obviously cannot be omitted;
1363 +** if the referenced artefact is a ,,Codelist, ,,which is a maintainable class, the maintainedobject-id is the ,,codelist-id,, and obviously cannot be omitted.
1194 1194  * When the maintainedobject-id is omitted, the **maintainedobject-version** is omitted too. When the maintainedobject-id is not omitted and the maintainedobject-version is omitted, the version 1.0 is assumed by default.,, ,,
1195 1195  * As said, the **container-object-id** does not apply to the classes that can be referenced in VTL transformations, therefore is not present in their URN
1196 -* The **object-id** does not exist for the artefacts belonging to the Dataflow, ConceptScheme and Codelist classes, while it exists and cannot be omitted for the artefacts belonging to the classes Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute and Concept, as for them the object-id is the main identifier of the artefact
1366 +* The **object-id** does not exist for the artefacts belonging to the ,,Dataflow, ConceptScheme,, and ,,Codelist,, classes, while it exists and cannot be omitted for the artefacts belonging to the classes Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute and Concept, as for
1197 1197  
1368 +them the object-id is the main identifier of the artefact
1369 +
1198 1198  The simplified object identifier is obtained by omitting all the first part of the URN, including the special characters, till the first part not omitted.
1199 1199  
1200 1200  For example, the full formulation that uses the complete URN shown at the end of the previous paragraph:
1201 1201  
1202 -‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DFR(1.0)’  :=
1203 -‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DF1(1.0)’   +
1374 +‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DFR(1.0)’  := ‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DF1(1.0)’   +
1375 +
1204 1204  ‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.Dataflow=AG:DF2(1.0)’
1205 1205  
1206 -by omitting all the non-essential parts would become simply:
1378 +by omitting all the non-essential parts would become simply:                          
1207 1207  
1208 -DFR := DF1 + DF2
1380 +DFR  :=  DF1 + DF2
1209 1209  
1210 -The references to the Codelists can be simplified similarly. For example, given the non-abbreviated reference to the Codelist AG:CL_FREQ(1.0), which is[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[14~]^^>>path:#_ftn14]](%%):
1382 +The references to the ,,Codelists,, can be simplified similarly. For example, given the non-abbreviated reference to the ,,Codelist,,  AG:CL_FREQ(1.0), which is[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[14~]^^>>path:#_ftn14]](%%):
1211 1211  
1212 1212  ‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.codelist.Codelist=AG:CL_FREQ(1.0)’
1213 1213  
1214 -if the Codelist is referenced from a ruleset scheme belonging to the agency AG, omitting all the optional parts, the abbreviated reference would become simply[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[15~]^^>>path:#_ftn15]](%%):
1386 +if the ,,Codelist,, is referenced from a ruleset scheme belonging to the agency AG, omitting all the optional parts, the abbreviated reference would become simply[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[15~]^^>>path:#_ftn15]](%%):
1215 1215  
1216 1216  CL_FREQ
1217 1217  
1218 -As for the references to the components, it can be enough to specify the componentId, given that the dataStructure-Id can be omitted. An example of non-abbreviated reference, if the data structure is DST1 and the component is SECTOR, is the following:
1390 +As for the references to the components, it can be enough to specify the  componentId, given that the dataStructure-Id can be omitted. An example of non-abbreviated reference, if the data structure is DST1 and the component is SECTOR, is the following:
1219 1219  
1220 -‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.DataStructure=AG:DST1(1.0).SECTOR’
1392 +‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.datastructure.DataStructure=AG:DST1(1.0).SECTOR’ The corresponding fully abbreviated reference, if made from a transformation scheme belonging to AG, would become simply: 
1221 1221  
1222 -The corresponding fully abbreviated reference, if made from a transformation scheme belonging to AG, would become simply:
1223 -
1224 1224  SECTOR
1225 1225  
1226 -For example, the transformation for renaming the component SECTOR of the dataflow DF1 into SEC can be written as[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[16~]^^>>path:#_ftn16]](%%):
1396 +For example, the transformation for renaming the component SECTOR of the dataflow DF1 into SEC can be written as[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[16~]^^>>path:#_ftn16]](%%):
1227 1227  
1228 1228  ‘DFR(1.0)’ := ‘DF1(1.0)’ [rename SECTOR to SEC]
1229 1229  
... ... @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@
1233 1233  
1234 1234  ‘urn:sdmx:org.sdmx.infomodel.conceptscheme.Concept=AG:CS1(1.0).SECTOR’
1235 1235  
1236 -The corresponding fully abbreviated reference, if made from a RulesetScheme belonging to AG, would become simply:
1406 +The corresponding fully abbreviated reference, if made from a RulesetScheme belonging to AG, would become simply: 
1237 1237  
1238 1238  CS1(1.0).SECTOR
1239 1239  
... ... @@ -1255,13 +1255,13 @@
1255 1255  
1256 1256  VTL operators, like the ones for validation and hierarchical roll-up. A “rule” consists in a relationship between Values belonging to some Value Domains or taken by some Variables, for example: (i) when the Country is USA then the Currency is USD; (ii) the Benelux is composed by Belgium, Luxembourg, Netherlands.
1257 1257  
1258 -The VTL Rulesets have a signature, in which the Value Domains or the Variables on which the Ruleset is defined are declared, and a body, which contains the rules.
1428 +The VTL Rulesets have a signature, in which the Value Domains or the Variables on which the Ruleset is defined are declared, and a body, which contains the rules. 
1259 1259  
1260 -In the signature, given the mapping between VTL and SDMX better described in the following paragraphs, a reference to a VTL Value Domain becomes a reference to a SDMX Codelist or to a SDMX ConceptScheme (for SDMX measure dimensions), while a reference to a VTL Represented Variable becomes a reference to a SDMX Concept, assuming for it a definite representation[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[17~]^^>>path:#_ftn17]](%%).
1430 +In the signature, given the mapping between VTL and SDMX better described in the following paragraphs, a reference to a VTL Value Domain becomes a reference to a SDMX Codelist or to a SDMX ConceptScheme (for SDMX measure dimensions), while a reference to a VTL Represented Variable becomes a reference to a SDMX Concept, assuming for it a definite representation[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[17~]^^>>path:#_ftn17]](%%).
1261 1261  
1262 -In general, for referencing SDMX Codelists and Concepts, the conventions described in the previous paragraphs apply. In the Ruleset syntax, the elements that reference SDMX artefacts are called “valueDomain” and “variable” for the Datapoint Rulesets and “ruleValueDomain”, “ruleVariable”, “condValueDomain” “condVariable” for the Hierarchical Rulesets). The syntax of the Ruleset signature allows also to define aliases of the elements above, these aliases are valid only within the specific ruleset definition statement and cannot be mapped to SDMX.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[18~]^^>>path:#_ftn18]](%%)
1432 +In general, for referencing SDMX Codelists and Concepts, the conventions described in the previous paragraphs apply. In the Ruleset syntax, the elements that reference SDMX artefacts are called “valueDomain” and “variable” for the Datapoint Rulesets and “ruleValueDomain”, “ruleVariable”, “condValueDomain” “condVariable” for the Hierarchical Rulesets). The syntax of the Ruleset signature allows also to define aliases of the elements above, these aliases are valid only within the specific ruleset definition statement and cannot be mapped to SDMX.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[18~]^^>>path:#_ftn18]](%%)
1263 1263  
1264 -In the body of the Rulesets, the Codes and in general all the Values can be written without any other specification, because the artefact which the Values are referred (Codelist, ConceptScheme, Concept) to can be deduced from the Ruleset signature.
1434 +In the body of the Rulesets, the Codes and in general all the Values can be written without any other specification, because the artefact  which the Values are referred (Codelist, ConceptScheme, Concept) to can be deduced from the Ruleset signature.
1265 1265  
1266 1266  == 10.3 Mapping between SDMX and VTL artefacts ==
1267 1267  
... ... @@ -1269,59 +1269,62 @@
1269 1269  
1270 1270  The mapping methods between the VTL and SDMX object classes allow transforming a SDMX definition in a VTL one and vice-versa for the artefacts to be manipulated.
1271 1271  
1272 -It should be remembered that VTL programs (i.e. Transformation Schemes) are represented in SDMX through the TransformationScheme maintainable class which is composed of Transformations (nameable artefacts). Each Transformation assigns the outcome of the evaluation of a VTL expression to a result: the input operands of the expression and the result can be SDMX artefacts.
1442 +It should be remembered that VTL programs (i.e. Transformation Schemes) are represented in SDMX through the TransformationScheme maintainable class which is composed of Transformations (nameable  artefacts). Each Transformation assigns the outcome of the evaluation of a VTL expression to a result: the input operands of the expression and the result can be SDMX artefacts.
1273 1273  
1274 -Every time a SDMX object is referenced in a VTL Transformation as an input operand, there is the need to generate a VTL definition of the object, so that the VTL operations can take place. This can be made starting from the SDMX definition and applying a SDMX-VTL mapping method in the direction from SDMX to VTL. The possible mapping methods from SDMX to VTL are described in the following paragraphs and are conceived to allow the automatic deduction of the VTL definition of the object from the knowledge of the SDMX definition.
1444 +Every time a SDMX object is referenced in a VTL Transformation as an input operand, there is the need to generate a VTL definition of the object, so that the VTL operations can take place. This can be made starting from the SDMX definition and applying a SDMX-VTL mapping method in the direction from SDMX to VTL. The possible mapping methods from SDMX to VTL are described in the following paragraphs and are conceived to allow the automatic deduction of the VTL definition of the object from the knowledge of the SDMX definition. 
1275 1275  
1276 -In the opposite direction, every time an object calculated by means of VTL must be treated as a SDMX object (for example for exchanging it through SDMX), there is the need of a SDMX definition of the object, so that the SDMX operations can take place. The SDMX definition is needed for the VTL objects for which a SDMX use is envisaged[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[19~]^^>>path:#_ftn19]](%%).
1446 +In the opposite direction, every time an object calculated by means of VTL must be treated as a SDMX object (for example for exchanging it through SDMX), there is the need of a SDMX definition of the object, so that the SDMX operations can take place.  The SDMX definition is needed for the VTL objects for which a SDMX use is envisaged[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[19~]^^>>path:#_ftn19]](%%).
1277 1277  
1278 -The mapping methods from VTL to SDMX are described in the following paragraphs as well, however they do not allow the complete SDMX definition to be automatically deduced from the VTL definition, more than all because the former typically contains additional information in respect to the latter. For example, the definition of a SDMX DSD includes also some mandatory information not available in VTL (like the concept scheme to which the SDMX components refer, the assignmentStatus and attributeRelationship for the DataAttributes and so on). Therefore the mapping methods from VTL to SDMX provide only a general guidance for generating SDMX definitions properly starting from the information available in VTL, independently of how the SDMX definition it is actually generated (manually, automatically or part and part).
1448 +The mapping methods from VTL to SDMX are described in the following paragraphs as well, however they do not allow the complete SDMX definition to be automatically deduced from the VTL definition,  more than all because the former typically contains additional information in respect to the latter. For example, the definition of a SDMX DSD includes also some mandatory information not available in VTL (like the concept scheme to which the SDMX components refer, the assignmentStatus and attributeRelationship for the DataAttributes and so on). Therefore the mapping methods from VTL to SDMX provide only a general guidance for generating SDMX definitions properly starting from the information available in VTL, independently of how the SDMX definition it is actually generated (manually, automatically or part and part). 
1279 1279  
1280 1280  === 10.3.2 General mapping of VTL and SDMX data structures ===
1281 1281  
1282 -This section makes reference to the VTL “Model for data and their structure”[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[20~]^^>>path:#_ftn20]](%%) and the correspondent SDMX “Data Structure Definition”[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[21~]^^>>path:#_ftn21]](%%).
1452 +This section makes reference to the VTL “Model for data and their structure”[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[20~]^^>>path:#_ftn20]](%%) and the correspondent SDMX “Data Structure Definition”[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[21~]^^>>path:#_ftn21]](%%).
1283 1283  
1284 -The main type of artefact that the VTL can manipulate is the VTL Data Set, which in general is mapped to the SDMX Dataflow. This means that a VTL Transformation, in the SDMX context, expresses the algorithm for calculating a derived Dataflow starting from some already existing Dataflows (either collected or derived).[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[22~]^^>>path:#_ftn22]](%%)
1454 +The main type of artefact that the VTL can manipulate is the VTL Data Set, which in general is mapped to the SDMX Dataflow. This means that a VTL Transformation, in the SDMX context, expresses the algorithm for calculating a derived Dataflow starting from some already existing Dataflows (either collected or derived).[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[22~]^^>>path:#_ftn22]](%%)
1285 1285  
1286 -While the VTL Transformations are defined in term of Dataflow definitions, they are assumed to be executed on instances of such Dataflows, provided at runtime to the VTL engine (the mechanism for identifying the instances to be processed are not part of the VTL specifications and depend on the implementation of the VTL-based systems). As already said, the SDMX Datasets are instances of SDMX Dataflows, therefore a VTL Transformation defined on some SDMX Dataflows can be applied on some corresponding SDMX Datasets.
1456 +While the VTL Transformations are defined in term of Dataflow definitions, they are assumed to be executed on instances of such Dataflows, provided at runtime to the VTL engine (the mechanism for identifying the instances to be processed are not part of the VTL specifications and depend on the implementation of the VTL-based systems).  As already said, the SDMX Datasets are instances of SDMX Dataflows, therefore a VTL Transformation defined on some SDMX Dataflows can be applied on some corresponding SDMX Datasets.
1287 1287  
1288 1288  A VTL Data Set is structured by one and just one Data Structure and a VTL Data Structure can structure any number of Data Sets. Correspondingly, in the SDMX context a SDMX Dataflow is structured by one and just one DataStructureDefinition and one DataStructureDefinition can structure any number of Dataflows.
1289 1289  
1290 -A VTL Data Set has a Data Structure made of Components, which in turn can be Identifiers, Measures and Attributes. Similarly, a SDMX DataflowDefinition has a DataStructureDefinition made of components that can be DimensionComponents, PrimaryMeasure and DataAttributes. In turn, a SDMX DimensionComponent can be a Dimension, a TimeDimension or a MeasureDimension. Correspondingly, in the SDMX implementation of the VTL, the VTL Identifiers can be (optionally) distinguished in three sub-classes (Simple Identifier, Time Identifier, Measure Identifier) even if such a distinction is not evidenced in the VTL IM.
1460 +A VTL Data Set has a Data Structure made of Components, which in turn can be Identifiers, Measures and Attributes. Similarly, a SDMX DataflowDefinition has a DataStructureDefinition made of components that can be DimensionComponents, PrimaryMeasure and DataAttributes. In turn, a
1291 1291  
1292 -However, a VTL Data Structure can have any number of Identifiers, Measures and Attributes, while a SDMX 2.1 DataStructureDefinition can have any number of Dimensions and DataAttributes but just one PrimaryMeasure[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[23~]^^>>path:#_ftn23]](%%). This is due to a difference between SDMX 2.1 and VTL in the possible representation methods of the data that contain more measures.
1462 +SDMX DimensionComponent can be a Dimension, a TimeDimension or a MeasureDimension. Correspondingly, in the SDMX implementation of the VTL, the VTL Identifiers can be (optionally) distinguished in three sub-classes (Simple Identifier, Time Identifier, Measure Identifier) even if such a distinction is not evidenced in the VTL IM. 
1293 1293  
1294 -As for SDMX, because the data structure cannot contain more than one measure component (i.e., the primaryMeasure), the representation of data having more measures is possible only by means of a particular dimension, called MeasureDimension, which is aimed at containing the name of the measure concepts, so that for each observation the value contained in the PrimaryMeasure component is the value of the measure concept reported in the MeasureDimension component.
1464 +However, a VTL Data Structure can have any number of Identifiers, Measures and Attributes, while a SDMX 2.1 DataStructureDefinition can have any number of Dimensions and DataAttributes but just one PrimaryMeasure[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[23~]^^>>path:#_ftn23]](%%). This is due to a difference between SDMX 2.1 and VTL in the possible representation methods of the data that contain more measures.
1295 1295  
1296 -Instead VTL allows either the method above (an identifier containing the name of the measure together with just one measure component) or a more generic method that consists in defining more measure components in the data structure, one for each measure.
1466 +As for SDMX, because the data structure cannot contain more than one measure component (i.e., the primaryMeasure), the representation of data having more measures is possible only by means of a particular dimension, called MeasureDimension, which is aimed at containing the name of the measure concepts, so that for each observation the value contained in the PrimaryMeasure component is the value of the measure concept reported in the MeasureDimension component. 
1297 1297  
1468 +Instead VTL allows either  the method above (an identifier containing the name of the measure together with just one measure component) or a more generic method that consists in defining more measure components in the data structure, one for each measure.
1469 +
1298 1298  Therefore for multi-measure data more mapping options are possible, as described in more detail in the following sections.
1299 1299  
1300 1300  === 10.3.3 Mapping from SDMX to VTL data structures ===
1301 1301  
1302 -==== 10.3.3.1 Basic Mapping** ** ====
1474 +**10.3.3.1 Basic Mapping **
1303 1303  
1304 -The main mapping method from SDMX to VTL is called **Basic **mapping. This is considered as the default mapping method and is applied unless a different method is specified through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlDataflowMapping classes.
1476 +The main mapping method from SDMX to VTL is called **Basic **mapping. This is considered as the default mapping method and is applied unless a different method is specified through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlDataflowMapping classes. 1842 When transforming **from SDMX to VTL**, this method consists in leaving the 1843 components unchanged and maintaining their names and roles, according to the 1844 following table:
1305 1305  
1306 -When transforming **from SDMX to VTL**, this method consists in leaving the components unchanged and maintaining their names and roles, according to the following table:
1478 +|SDMX|VTL
1479 +|Dimension|(Simple) Identifier
1480 +|Time Dimension|(Time) Identifier
1481 +|Measure Dimension|(Measure) Identifier
1482 +|Primary Measure|Measure
1483 +|Data Attribute|Attribute
1307 1307  
1308 -(% style="width:636.294px" %)
1309 -|(% style="width:286px" %)**SDMX**|(% style="width:347px" %)**VTL**
1310 -|(% style="width:286px" %)Dimension|(% style="width:347px" %)(Simple) Identifier
1311 -|(% style="width:286px" %)Time Dimension|(% style="width:347px" %)(Time) Identifier
1312 -|(% style="width:286px" %)Measure Dimension|(% style="width:347px" %)(Measure) Identifier
1313 -|(% style="width:286px" %)Primary Measure|(% style="width:347px" %)Measure
1314 -|(% style="width:286px" %)Data Attribute|(% style="width:347px" %)Attribute
1485 +According to this method, the resulting VTL structures are always mono-measure
1315 1315  
1316 -According to this method, the resulting VTL structures are always mono-measure (i.e., they have just one measure component) and their Measure is the SDMX PrimaryMeasure. Nevertheless, if the SDMX data structure has a MeasureDimension, which can convey the name of one or more measure concepts, such unique measure component can contain the value of more (conceptual) measures (one for each observation).
1487 +(i.e., they have just one measure component) and their Measure is the SDMX
1317 1317  
1489 +PrimaryMeasure. Nevertheless, if the SDMX data structure has a MeasureDimension, which can convey the name of one or more measure concepts, such unique measure component can contain the value of more (conceptual) measures (one for each observation).
1490 +
1318 1318  As for the SDMX DataAttributes, in VTL they are all considered “at data point / observation level” (i.e. dependent on all the VTL Identifiers), because VTL does not have the SDMX AttributeRelationships, which defines the construct to which the DataAttribute is related (e.g. observation, dimension or set or group of dimensions, whole data set).
1319 1319  
1320 1320  With the Basic mapping, one SDMX observation generates one VTL data point.
1321 1321  
1322 -==== 10.3.3.2 Pivot Mapping ====
1495 +**10.3.3.2 Pivot Mapping **
1323 1323  
1324 -An alternative mapping method from SDMX to VTL is the **Pivot **mapping, which is different from the Basic method only for the SDMX data structures that contain a MeasureDimension, which are mapped to multi-measure VTL data structures.
1497 +An alternative mapping method from SDMX to VTL is the **Pivot **mapping, which is different from the Basic method only for the SDMX data structures that contain a MeasureDimension, which are mapped to multi-measure VTL data structures.  
1325 1325  
1326 1326  The SDMX structures that do not contain a MeasureDimension are mapped like in the Basic mapping (see the previous paragraph).
1327 1327  
... ... @@ -1332,34 +1332,36 @@
1332 1332  * The SDMX MeasureDimension is not mapped to VTL (it disappears in the VTL Data Structure);
1333 1333  * The SDMX PrimaryMeasure is not mapped to VTL as well (it disappears in the VTL Data Structure);
1334 1334  * A SDMX DataAttribute is mapped in different ways according to its AttributeRelationship:
1335 -** If, according to the SDMX AttributeRelationship, the values of the DataAttribute do not depend on the values of the MeasureDimension, the SDMX DataAttribute becomes a VTL Attribute having the same name. This happens if the AttributeRelationship is not specified (i.e. the DataAttribute does not depend on any DimensionComponent and therefore is at data set level), or if it refers to a set (or a group) of dimensions which does not include the MeasureDimension;
1336 -** Otherwise if, according to the SDMX AttributeRelationship, the values of the DataAttribute depend on the MeasureDimension, the SDMX DataAttribute is mapped to one VTL Attribute for each possible Concept of the SDMX MeasureDimension; by default, the names of the VTL Attributes are obtained by concatenating the name of the SDMX DataAttribute and the names of the correspondent
1508 +** If, according to the SDMX AttributeRelationship, the values of the DataAttribute do not depend on the values of the MeasureDimension, the SDMX DataAttribute becomes a VTL Attribute having the same name.  This happens if the AttributeRelationship is not specified (i.e. the DataAttribute does not depend on any DimensionComponent and therefore is at data set level), or if it refers to a set (or a group) of dimensions which does not include the MeasureDimension;    
1509 +** Otherwise if, according to the SDMX AttributeRelationship,  the values of the DataAttribute depend on the MeasureDimension, the SDMX DataAttribute is mapped to one VTL Attribute for each possible Concept of the SDMX MeasureDimension; by default, the names of the VTL Attributes are obtained by concatenating the name of the SDMX DataAttribute and the names of the correspondent
1337 1337  
1338 1338  Concept of the MeasureDimension separated by underscore; for example, if the SDMX DataAttribute is named DA and the possible concepts of the SDMX MeasureDimension are named C1, C2, …, Cn, then the corresponding VTL Attributes will be named DA_C1, DA_C2, …, DA_Cn (if different names are desired, they can be achieved afterwards by renaming the Attributes through VTL operators). o Like in the Basic mapping, the resulting VTL Attributes are considered as dependent on all the VTL identifiers (i.e. “at data point / observation level”), because VTL does not have the SDMX notion of Attribute Relationship.
1339 1339  
1340 1340  The summary mapping table of the “pivot” mapping from SDMX to VTL for the SDMX data structures that contain a MeasureDimension is the following:
1341 1341  
1342 -(% style="width:941.294px" %)
1343 -|(% style="width:441px" %)**SDMX**|(% style="width:497px" %)**VTL**
1344 -|(% style="width:441px" %)Dimension|(% style="width:497px" %)(Simple) Identifier
1345 -|(% style="width:441px" %)TimeDimension|(% style="width:497px" %)(Time) Identifier
1346 -|(% style="width:441px" %)MeasureDimension & PrimaryMeasure|(% style="width:497px" %)One Measure for each Concept of the SDMX Measure Dimension
1347 -|(% style="width:441px" %)DataAttribute not depending on the MeasureDimension|(% style="width:497px" %)Attribute
1348 -|(% style="width:441px" %)DataAttribute depending on the MeasureDimension|(% style="width:497px" %)One Attribute for each Concept of the SDMX Measure Dimension
1515 +|SDMX|VTL
1516 +|Dimension|(Simple) Identifier
1517 +|TimeDimension|(Time) Identifier
1518 +|MeasureDimension & PrimaryMeasure|One Measure for each Concept of the SDMX Measure Dimension
1519 +|DataAttribute not depending on the MeasureDimension|Attribute
1520 +|DataAttribute depending on the MeasureDimension|One Attribute for each Concept of the SDMX Measure Dimension
1349 1349  
1350 -Using this mapping method, the components of the data structure can change in the conversion from SDMX to VTL and it must be taken into account that the VTL statements can reference only the components of the resulting VTL data structure.
1522 +Using this mapping method, the components of the data structure can change in the conversion from SDMX to VTL and it must be taken into account that the VTL 1908 statements can reference only the components of the resulting VTL data structure.
1351 1351  
1352 -At observation / data point level, calling Cj (j=1, … n) the j^^th^^ Concept of the MeasureDimension:
1524 +At observation / data point level, calling Cj (j=1, … n) the j^^th^^ Concept of the 1911 MeasureDimension:
1353 1353  
1354 -* The set of SDMX observations having the same values for all the Dimensions except than the MeasureDimension become one multi-measure VTL Data Point, having one Measure for each Concept Cj of the SDMX MeasureDimension;
1355 -* The values of the SDMX simple Dimensions, TimeDimension and DataAttributes not depending on the MeasureDimension (these components by definition have always the same values for all the observations of the set above) become the values of the corresponding VTL (simple) Identifiers, (time) Identifier and Attributes.
1356 -* The value of the PrimaryMeasure of the SDMX observation belonging to the set above and having MeasureDimension=Cj becomes the value of the VTL Measure Cj
1357 -* For the SDMX DataAttributes depending on the MeasureDimension, the value of the DataAttribute DA of the SDMX observation belonging to the set above and having MeasureDimension=Cj becomes the value of the VTL Attribute DA_Cj
1526 + The set of SDMX observations having the same values for all the Dimensions except than the MeasureDimension become one multi-measure VTL Data Point, having one Measure for each Concept Cj of the SDMX MeasureDimension;
1358 1358  
1359 -==== 10.3.3.3 From SDMX DataAttributes to VTL Measures ====
1528 +*
1529 +** The values of the SDMX simple Dimensions, TimeDimension and DataAttributes not depending on the MeasureDimension (these components by definition have always the same values for all the observations of the set above) become the values of the corresponding VTL (simple) Identifiers, (time) Identifier and Attributes.
1530 +** The value of the PrimaryMeasure of the SDMX observation belonging to the set above and having MeasureDimension=Cj becomes the value of the VTL Measure Cj
1531 +** For the SDMX DataAttributes depending on the MeasureDimension, the value of the DataAttribute DA of the SDMX observation belonging to the set above and having MeasureDimension=Cj becomes the value of the VTL Attribute DA_Cj
1360 1360  
1361 -* In some cases it may happen that the DataAttributes of the SDMX DataStructure need to be managed as Measures in VTL. Therefore, a variant of both the methods above consists in transforming all the SDMX DataAttributes in VTL Measures. When DataAttributes are converted to Measures, the two methods above are called Basic_A2M and Pivot_A2M (the suffix “A2M” stands for Attributes to Measures). Obviously, the resulting VTL data structure is, in general, multi-measure and does not contain Attributes.
1533 +**10.3.3.3 From SDMX DataAttributes to VTL Measures **
1362 1362  
1535 +*
1536 +** In some cases it may happen that the DataAttributes of the SDMX DataStructure need to be managed as Measures in VTL. Therefore, a variant of both the methods above consists in transforming all the SDMX DataAttributes in VTL Measures. When DataAttributes are converted to Measures, the  two methods above are called Basic_A2M and Pivot_A2M (the suffix “A2M” stands for Attributes to Measures). Obviously, the resulting VTL data structure is, in general, multi-measure and does not contain Attributes.
1537 +
1363 1363  The Basic_A2M and Pivot_A2M behaves respectively like the Basic and Pivot methods, except that the final VTL components, which according to the Basic and Pivot methods would have had the role of Attribute, assume instead the role of Measure.
1364 1364  
1365 1365  Proper VTL features allow changing the role of specific attributes even after the SDMX to VTL mapping: they can be useful when only some of the DataAttributes need to be managed as VTL Measures.
... ... @@ -1366,27 +1366,28 @@
1366 1366  
1367 1367  === 10.3.4 Mapping from VTL to SDMX data structures ===
1368 1368  
1369 -==== 10.3.4.1 Basic Mapping** ** ====
1544 +**10.3.4.1 Basic Mapping **
1370 1370  
1371 1371  The main mapping method **from VTL to SDMX** is called **Basic **mapping as well.
1372 1372  
1373 -This is considered as the default mapping method and is applied unless a different method is specified through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlDataflowMapping classes.
1548 +This is considered as the default mapping method and is applied unless a different method is specified through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlDataflowMapping classes. 
1374 1374  
1375 1375  The method consists in leaving the components unchanged and maintaining their names and roles in SDMX, according to the following mapping table, which is the same as the basic mapping from SDMX to VTL, only seen in the opposite direction.
1376 1376  
1377 -This mapping method cannot be applied for SDMX 2.1 if the VTL data structure has more than one measure component, given that the SDMX 2.1 DataStructureDefinition allows just one measure component (the PrimaryMeasure). In this case it becomes mandatory to specify a different mapping method through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlDataflowMapping classes.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[24~]^^>>path:#_ftn24]](%%)
1552 +This mapping method cannot be applied for SDMX 2.1 if the VTL data structure has more than one measure component, given that the SDMX 2.1 DataStructureDefinition allows just one measure component (the
1378 1378  
1379 -Please note that the VTL measures can have any name while in SDMX 2.1 the MeasureComponent has the mandatory nameobs_value”, therefore the name of the VTL measure name must become “obs_value in SDMX 2.1.
1554 +PrimaryMeasure). In this case it becomes mandatory to specify a different 1958 mapping method through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlDataflowMapping 1959 classes.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[24~]^^>>path:#_ftn24]](%%)
1380 1380  
1556 +1960 Please note that the VTL measures can have any name while in SDMX 2.1 the 1961 MeasureComponent has the mandatory name “obs_value”, therefore the name of the VTL measure name must become “obs_value” in SDMX 2.1. 
1557 +
1381 1381  Mapping table:
1382 1382  
1383 -(% style="width:592.294px" %)
1384 -|(% style="width:253px" %)**VTL**|(% style="width:336px" %)**SDMX**
1385 -|(% style="width:253px" %)(Simple) Identifier|(% style="width:336px" %)Dimension
1386 -|(% style="width:253px" %)(Time) Identifier|(% style="width:336px" %)TimeDimension
1387 -|(% style="width:253px" %)(Measure) Identifier|(% style="width:336px" %)MeasureDimension
1388 -|(% style="width:253px" %)Measure|(% style="width:336px" %)PrimaryMeasure
1389 -|(% style="width:253px" %)Attribute|(% style="width:336px" %)DataAttribute
1560 +|VTL|SDMX
1561 +|(Simple) Identifier|Dimension
1562 +|(Time) Identifier|TimeDimension
1563 +|(Measure) Identifier|MeasureDimension
1564 +|Measure|PrimaryMeasure
1565 +|Attribute|DataAttribute
1390 1390  
1391 1391  If the distinction between simple identifier, time identifier and measure identifier is not maintained in the VTL environment, the classification between Dimension, TimeDimension and MeasureDimension exists only in SDMX, as declared in the relevant DataStructureDefinition.
1392 1392  
... ... @@ -1394,14 +1394,16 @@
1394 1394  
1395 1395  Note that the basic mappings in the two directions (from SDMX 2.1 to VTL 2.0 and vice-versa) are (almost completely) reversible. In fact, if a SDMX 2.1 structure is mapped to a VTL structure and then the latter is mapped back to SDMX 2.1, the resulting data structure is like the original one (apart for the AttributeRelationship, that can be different if the original SDMX 2.1 structure contains DataAttributes that are not at observation level). In reverse order, if a VTL 2.0 mono-measure structure is mapped to SDMX 2.1 and then the latter is mapped back to VTL 2.0, the original data structure is obtained (apart from the name of the VTL measure, that in SDMX 2.1 must become “obs_value”).
1396 1396  
1397 -As said, the resulting SDMX definitions must be compliant with the SDMX consistency rules. For example, the SDMX DSD must have the assignmentStatus, which does not exist in VTL, the AttributeRelationship for the DataAttributes and so on.
1573 +As  said, the resulting SDMX definitions must be compliant with the SDMX consistency rules. For example, the SDMX DSD must have the assignmentStatus,  which does not exist in VTL, the AttributeRelationship for the DataAttributes and so on.
1398 1398  
1399 -==== 10.3.4.2 Unpivot Mapping ====
1575 +**10.3.4.2 Unpivot Mapping **
1400 1400  
1401 -An alternative mapping method from VTL to SDMX is the **Unpivot **mapping.
1577 +An alternative mapping method from VTL to SDMX is the **Unpivot **mapping.  
1402 1402  
1403 -Although this mapping method can be used in any case, it makes major sense in case the VTL data structure has more than one measure component (multi-measures VTL structure). For such VTL structures, in fact, the basic method cannot be applied, given that by maintaining the data structure unchanged the resulting SDMX data structure would have more than one measure component, which is not allowed by SDMX 2.1 (it allows just one measure component, the PrimaryMeasure, called “obs_value”).
1579 +Although this mapping method can be used in any case, it makes major sense in case the VTL data structure has more than one measure component (multi-measures VTL structure). For such VTL structures, in fact, the basic method cannot be applied, given that by maintaining the data structure unchanged the resulting SDMX data structure would have more than one measure component, which is not allowed by SDMX 2.1 (it allows just one measure component, the PrimaryMeasure, called
1404 1404  
1581 +“obs_value”).
1582 +
1405 1405  The multi-measures VTL structures have not a Measure Identifier (because the Measures are separate components) and need to be converted to SDMX dataflows having an added MeasureDimension which disambiguates the multiple measures, and an added PrimaryMeasure, in which the measures’ values are maintained.
1406 1406  
1407 1407  The **unpivot** mapping behaves like follows:
... ... @@ -1408,34 +1408,43 @@
1408 1408  
1409 1409  * like in the basic mapping, a VTL (simple) identifier becomes a SDMX
1410 1410  
1411 -Dimension and a VTL (time) identifier becomes a SDMX TimeDimension (as said, a measure identifier cannot exist in multi-measure VTL structures);
1589 +Dimension and a VTL (time) identifier becomes a SDMX TimeDimension (as said, a  measure identifier cannot exist in multi-measure VTL structures);
1412 1412  
1413 1413  * a MeasureDimension component called “measure_name” is added to the SDMX DataStructure;
1414 -* a PrimaryMeasure component called “obs_value” is added to the SDMX DataStructure;
1415 -* each VTL Measure is mapped to a Concept of the SDMX MeasureDimension having the same name as the VTL Measure (therefore all the VTL Measure Components do not originate Components in the SDMX DataStructure);
1416 -* a VTL Attribute becomes a SDMX DataAttribute having AttributeRelationship referred to all the SDMX DimensionComponents including the TimeDimension and except the MeasureDimension.
1592 +* a PrimaryMeasure component called  “obs_value” is added to the SDMX DataStructure;
1593 +* each VTL Measure is mapped to a Concept of the SDMX MeasureDimension  having the same name as the VTL Measure (therefore all the VTL Measure Components do not originate Components in the SDMX DataStructure);
1594 +* a VTL Attribute becomes a SDMX DataAttribute having AttributeRelationship  referred to all the SDMX DimensionComponents including the TimeDimension  and except the MeasureDimension. 
1417 1417  
1418 1418  The summary mapping table of the **unpivot** mapping method is the following:
1419 1419  
1420 -(% style="width:904.294px" %)
1421 -|(% style="width:291px" %)**VTL**|(% style="width:611px" %)**SDMX**
1422 -|(% style="width:291px" %)(Simple) Identifier|(% style="width:611px" %)Dimension
1423 -|(% style="width:291px" %)(Time) Identifier|(% style="width:611px" %)TimeDimension
1424 -|(% style="width:291px" %)All Measure Components|(% style="width:611px" %)(((
1425 -MeasureDimension (having one Measure Concept for each VTL measure component) & PrimaryMeasure
1598 +
1599 +|VTL|SDMX
1600 +|(Simple) Identifier|Dimension
1601 +|(Time) Identifier|TimeDimension
1602 +|All Measure Components|(((
1603 +MeasureDimension (having one Measure Concept for each VTL measure component) &
1604 +
1605 +PrimaryMeasure
1426 1426  )))
1427 -|(% style="width:291px" %)Attribute |(% style="width:611px" %)(((
1428 -DataAttribute depending on all SDMX Dimensions including the TimeDimension and except the MeasureDimension
1607 +|Attribute |(((
1608 +DataAttribute depending on all
1609 +
1610 +SDMX Dimensions including the
1611 +
1612 +TimeDimension and except the MeasureDimension
1429 1429  )))
1430 1430  
1431 1431  At observation / data point level:
1432 1432  
1433 -* a multi-measure VTL Data Point becomes a set of SDMX observations, one for each VTL measure
1434 -* the values of the VTL identifiers become the values of the corresponding SDMX Dimensions, for all the observations of the set above
1435 -* the name of the j^^th^^ VTL measure (e.g. “Cj”) becomes the value of the SDMX MeasureDimension of the j^^th^^ observation of the set (i.e. the Concept Cj)
1436 -* the value of the j^^th^^ VTL measure becomes the value of the SDMX PrimaryMeasure of the j^^th^^ observation of the set
1437 -* the values of the VTL Attributes become the values of the corresponding SDMX DataAttributes (in principle for all the observations of the set above)
1617 + a multi-measure VTL Data Point becomes a set of SDMX observations, one for each VTL measure
1438 1438  
1619 + the values of the VTL identifiers become the values of the corresponding SDMX Dimensions, for all the observations of the set above
1620 +
1621 +*
1622 +** the name of the j^^th^^ VTL measure (e.g. “Cj”) becomes the value of the SDMX MeasureDimension of the j^^th^^ observation of the set (i.e. the Concept Cj)
1623 +** the value of the j^^th^^ VTL measure becomes the value of the SDMX PrimaryMeasure of the j^^th^^ observation of the set
1624 +** the values of the VTL Attributes become the values of the corresponding SDMX DataAttributes (in principle for all the observations of the set above)
1625 +
1439 1439  If desired, this method can be applied also to mono-measure VTL structures, provided that none of the VTL components has already the role of measure identifier.
1440 1440  
1441 1441  Like in the general case, a MeasureDimension component called “measure_name” would be added to the SDMX DataStructure and would have just one possible measure concept, corresponding to the unique VTL measure. The original VTL measure component would not become a Component in the SDMX data structure. The value of the VTL measure would be assigned to the SDMX PrimaryMeasure called “obs_value”.
... ... @@ -1442,150 +1442,219 @@
1442 1442  
1443 1443  In any case, the resulting SDMX definitions must be compliant with the SDMX consistency rules. For example, the possible Concepts of the SDMX MeasureDimension need to be listed in a SDMX ConceptScheme, with proper id, agency and version; moreover, the SDMX DSD must have the assignmentStatus, which does not exist in VTL, the attributeRelationship for the DataAttributes and so on.
1444 1444  
1445 -==== 10.3.4.3 From VTL Measures to SDMX Data Attributes** ** ====
1632 +**10.3.4.3 From VTL Measures to SDMX Data Attributes **
1446 1446  
1447 1447  For the multi-measure VTL structures (having more than one Measure Component), it may happen that the Measures of the VTL Data Structure need to be managed as DataAttributes in SDMX. Therefore a third mapping method consists in transforming one VTL measure in the SDMX primaryMeasure and all the other VTL Measures in SDMX DataAttributes. This method is called M2A (“M2A” stands for “Measures to DataAttributes”).
1448 1448  
1449 1449  When applied to mono-measure VTL structures (having one Measure component), the M2A method behaves like the Basic mapping (the VTL Measure component becomes the SDMX primary measure “obs_value”, there is no additional VTL measure to be converted to SDMX DataAttribute). Therefore the mapping table is the same as for the Basic method:
1450 1450  
1451 -(% style="width:591.294px" %)
1452 -|(% style="width:252px" %)**VTL**|(% style="width:336px" %)**SDMX**
1453 -|(% style="width:252px" %)(Simple) Identifier|(% style="width:336px" %)Dimension
1454 -|(% style="width:252px" %)(Time) Identifier|(% style="width:336px" %)TimeDimension
1455 -|(% style="width:252px" %)(Measure) Identifier (if any)|(% style="width:336px" %)MeasureDimension
1456 -|(% style="width:252px" %)Measure|(% style="width:336px" %)PrimaryMeasure
1457 -|(% style="width:252px" %)Attribute|(% style="width:336px" %)DataAttribute
1638 +|VTL|SDMX
1639 +|(Simple) Identifier|Dimension
1640 +|(Time) Identifier|TimeDimension
1641 +|(Measure) Identifier (if any)|MeasureDimension
1642 +|Measure|PrimaryMeasure
1643 +|Attribute|DataAttribute
1458 1458  
1459 -For multi-measure VTL structures (having more than one Measure component), one VTL Measure becomes the SDMX PrimaryMeasure while the other VTL Measures maintain their names and values but assume the role of DataAttribute in SDMX. The choice of the VTL Measure that correspond to the SDMX PrimaryMeasure is left to the definer of the SDMX data structure definition.
1645 +For multi-measure VTL structures (having more than one Measure component), one VTL Measure becomes the SDMX PrimaryMeasure while the other VTL Measures maintain their names and values but assume the role of DataAttribute in SDMX. The choice of the VTL Measure that correspond to the SDMX PrimaryMeasure is left to the definer of the SDMX data structure definition.
1460 1460  
1461 -Taking into account that the multi-measure VTL structures do not have a measure identifier, the mapping table is the following:
1647 +2Taking into account that the multi-measure VTL structures do not have a measure 2073 identifier, the mapping table is the following:
1462 1462  
1463 -(% style="width:588.294px" %)
1464 -|(% style="width:259px" %)**VTL**|(% style="width:326px" %)**SDMX**
1465 -|(% style="width:259px" %)(Simple) Identifier|(% style="width:326px" %)Dimension
1466 -|(% style="width:259px" %)(Time) Identifier|(% style="width:326px" %)TimeDimension
1467 -|(% style="width:259px" %)One of the Measures|(% style="width:326px" %)PrimaryMeasure
1468 -|(% style="width:259px" %)Other Measures|(% style="width:326px" %)DataAttribute
1469 -|(% style="width:259px" %)Attribute|(% style="width:326px" %)DataAttribute
1649 +|VTL|SDMX
1650 +|(Simple) Identifier|Dimension
1651 +|(Time) Identifier|TimeDimension
1652 +|One of the Measures|PrimaryMeasure
1653 +|Other Measures|DataAttribute
1654 +|Attribute|DataAttribute
1470 1470  
1471 -Even in this case, the resulting SDMX definitions must be compliant with the SDMX consistency rules. For example, the SDMX DSD must have the assignmentStatus, which does not exist in VTL, the attributeRelationship for the DataAttributes and so on. In particular, the primaryMeasure of the SDMX 2.1 DSD must be called “obs_value” and must be one of the VTL Measures, chosen by the DSD definer.
1656 +Even in this case, the resulting SDMX definitions must be compliant with the SDMX consistency rules. For example, the SDMX DSD must have the assignmentStatus,  which does not exist in VTL, the attributeRelationship for the DataAttributes and so on. In particular, the primaryMeasure of the SDMX 2.1 DSD must be called “obs_value” and must be one of the VTL Measures, chosen by the DSD definer.
1472 1472  
1473 1473  === 10.3.5 Declaration of the mapping methods between data structures ===
1474 1474  
1475 1475  In order to define and understand properly VTL transformations, the applied mapping methods must be specified in the SDMX structural metadata. If the default mapping method (Basic) is applied, no specification is needed.
1476 1476  
1662 +
1477 1477  A customized mapping can be defined through the VtlMappingScheme and VtlDataflowMapping classes (see the section of the SDMX IM relevant to the VTL). A VtlDataflowMapping allows specifying the mapping methods to be used for a specific dataflow, both in the direction from SDMX to VTL (toVtlMappingMethod) and from VTL to SDMX (fromVtlMappingMethod); in fact a VtlDataflowMapping associates the structured URN that identifies a SDMX dataflow to its VTL alias and its mapping methods.
1478 1478  
1479 -It is possible to specify the toVtlMappingMethod and fromVtlMappingMethod also for the conventional dataflow called “generic_dataflow”: in this case the specified mapping methods are intended to become the default ones, overriding the “Basic” methods. In turn, the toVtlMappingMethod and fromVtlMappingMethod declared for a specific Dataflow are intended to override the default ones for such a Dataflow.
1665 +It is possible to specify the toVtlMappingMethod and fromVtlMappingMethod also for the conventional dataflow called “generic_dataflow”: in this case the specified mapping methods are intended to become the default ones, overriding the
1480 1480  
1667 +“Basic” methods. In turn, the toVtlMappingMethod and fromVtlMappingMethod declared for a specific Dataflow are intended to override the default ones for such a Dataflow.
1668 +
1481 1481   The VtlMappingScheme is a container for zero or more VtlDataflowMapping (besides possible mappings to artefacts other than dataflows).
1482 1482  
1483 -=== 10.3.6 Mapping dataflow subsets to distinct VTL data sets[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^**~[25~]**^^>>path:#_ftn25]](%%) ===
1671 +=== 10.3.6 Mapping dataflow subsets to distinct VTL data sets[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^**~[25~]**^^>>path:#_ftn25]](%%) ===
1484 1484  
1485 -Until now it as been assumed to map one SMDX Dataflow to one VTL dataset and vice-versa. This mapping one-to-one is not mandatory according to VTL because a VTL data set is meant to be a set of observations (data points) on a logical plane, having the same logical data structure and the same general meaning, independently of the possible physical representation or storage (see VTL 2.0 User Manual page 24), therefore a SDMX Dataflow can be seen either as a unique set of data observations (corresponding to one VTL data set) or as the union of many sets of data observations (each one corresponding to a distinct VTL data set).
1673 +Until now it as been assumed to map one SMDX Dataflow to one VTL dataset and vice-versa. This mapping one-to-one is not mandatory according to VTL because a VTL data set is meant to be a set of observations (data points) on a logical plane, having the same logical data structure and the same general meaning, independently of the possible physical representation or storage (see VTL 2.0 User Manual page
1486 1486  
1487 -As a matter of fact, in some cases it can be useful to define VTL operations involving definite parts of a SDMX Dataflow instead than the whole.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[26~]^^>>path:#_ftn26]](%%)
1675 +24), therefore a SDMX Dataflow can be seen either as a unique set of data observations (corresponding to one VTL data set) or as the union of many sets of data observations (each one corresponding to a distinct VTL data set).
1488 1488  
1489 -Therefore, in order to make the coding of VTL operations simpler when applied on parts of SDMX Dataflows, it is allowed to map distinct parts of a SDMX Dataflow to distinct VTL data sets according to the following rules and conventions. This kind of mapping is possible both from SDMX to VTL and from VTL to SDMX, as better explained below.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[27~]^^>>path:#_ftn27]](%%)
1677 +As a matter of fact, in some cases it can be useful to define VTL operations involving definite parts of a SDMX Dataflow instead than the whole.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[26~]^^>>path:#_ftn26]](%%)
1490 1490  
1491 -Given a SDMX Dataflow and some predefined Dimensions of its DataStructure, it is allowed to map the subsets of observations that have the same combination of values for such Dimensions to correspondent VTL datasets.
1679 +Therefore, in order to make the coding of  VTL operations simpler when applied on parts of SDMX Dataflows, it is allowed to map distinct parts of a SDMX Dataflow to distinct VTL data sets according to the following rules and conventions. This kind of mapping is possible both from SDMX to VTL and from VTL to SDMX, as better explained below.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[27~]^^>>path:#_ftn27]](%%)
1492 1492  
1493 -For example, assuming that the SDMX dataflow DF1(1.0) has the Dimensions INDICATOR, TIME_PERIOD and COUNTRY, and that the user declares the Dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY as basis for the mapping (i.e. the mapping dimensions): the observations that have the same values for INDICATOR and COUNTRY would be mapped to the same VTL dataset (and vice-versa).
1681 + Given a SDMX Dataflow and some predefined Dimensions of its
1494 1494  
1683 +DataStructure, it is allowed to map the subsets of observations that have the same combination of values for such Dimensions to correspondent VTL datasets.
1684 +
1685 +For example, assuming that the SDMX dataflow DF1(1.0) has the Dimensions INDICATOR, TIME_PERIOD and COUNTRY, and that the user declares the
1686 +
1687 +Dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY as basis for the mapping (i.e. the mapping dimensions):  the observations that have the same values for INDICATOR and COUNTRY would be mapped to the same VTL dataset (and vice-versa).
1688 +
1495 1495  In practice, this kind mapping is obtained like follows:
1496 1496  
1497 -* For a given SDMX dataflow, the user (VTL definer) declares the dimension components on which the mapping will be based, in a given order.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[28~]^^>>path:#_ftn28]](%%) Following the example above, imagine that the user declares the dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY.
1691 +* For a given SDMX dataflow, the user (VTL definer) declares  the dimension components on which the mapping will be based, in a given order.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[28~]^^>>path:#_ftn28]](%%) Following the example above, imagine that the user declares the dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY.
1498 1498  * The VTL dataset is given a name using a special notation also called “ordered concatenation” and composed of the following parts: 
1499 -** The reference to the SDMX dataflow (expressed according to the rules described in the previous paragraphs, i.e. URN, abbreviated URN or another alias); for example DF(1.0);
1500 -** a slash (“/”) as a separator; [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[29~]^^>>path:#_ftn29]]
1501 -** The reference to a specific part of the SDMX dataflow above, expressed as the concatenation of the values that the SDMX dimensions declared above must have, separated by dots (“.”) and written in the order in which these dimensions are defined[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[30~]^^>>path:#_ftn30]](%%). For example POPULATION.USA would mean that such a VTL dataset is mapped to the SDMX observations for which the dimension //INDICATOR// is equal to POPULATION and the dimension //COUNTRY// is equal to USA.
1693 +** The reference to the SDMX dataflow (expressed according to the rules described in the previous paragraphs, i.e. URN, abbreviated
1502 1502  
1695 +URN or another alias); for example DF(1.0); o a slash (“/”) as a separator; [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[29~]^^>>path:#_ftn29]]
1696 +
1697 +*
1698 +** The reference to a specific part of the SDMX dataflow above, expressed as the concatenation of the values that the SDMX dimensions declared above must have, separated by dots (“.”) and written in the order in which these dimensions are defined[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[30~]^^>>path:#_ftn30]](%%) . For example  POPULATION.USA would mean that such a VTL dataset is mapped to the SDMX observations for which the dimension  //INDICATOR// is equal to POPULATION and the dimension //COUNTRY// is equal to USA.
1699 +
1503 1503  In the VTL transformations, this kind of dataset name must be referenced between single quotes because the slash (“/”) is not a regular character according to the VTL rules.
1504 1504  
1505 1505  Therefore, the generic name of this kind of VTL datasets would be:
1506 1506  
1507 -> ‘DF(1.0)///INDICATORvalue//.//COUNTRYvalue//’
1704 +‘DF(1.0)///INDICATORvalue//.//COUNTRYvalue//’
1508 1508  
1509 1509  Where DF(1.0) is the Dataflow and //INDICATORvalue// and //COUNTRYvalue //are placeholders for one value of the INDICATOR and // //COUNTRY dimensions.
1510 1510  
1511 1511  Instead the specific name of one of these VTL datasets would be:
1512 1512  
1513 -> ‘DF(1.0)/POPULATION.USA’
1710 +‘DF(1.0)/POPULATION.USA’
1514 1514  
1515 -In particular, this is the VTL dataset that contains all the observations of the dataflow DF(1.0) for which //INDICATOR// = POPULATION and //COUNTRY// = USA.
1712 +In particular, this is the VTL dataset that contains all the observations of the dataflow DF(1.0) for which  //INDICATOR// = POPULATION and //COUNTRY// = USA.
1516 1516  
1517 1517  Let us now analyse the different meaning of this kind of mapping in the two mapping directions, i.e. from SDMX to VTL and from VTL to SDMX.
1518 1518  
1519 -As already said, the mapping from SDMX to VTL happens when the VTL datasets are operand of VTL transformations, instead the mapping from VTL to SDMX happens when the VTL datasets are result of VTL transformations[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[31~]^^>>path:#_ftn31]](%%) and need to be treated as SDMX objects. This kind of mapping can be applied independently in the two directions and the Dimensions on which the mapping is based can be different in the two directions: these Dimensions are defined in the ToVtlSpaceKey and in the FromVtlSpaceKey classes respectively.
1716 +As already said, the mapping from SDMX to VTL happens when the VTL datasets are operand of VTL transformations, instead the mapping from VTL to SDMX happens when the VTL datasets are result of VTL transformations[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[31~]^^>>path:#_ftn31]](%%) and need to be treated as SDMX objects. This kind of mapping can be applied independently in the two directions and the Dimensions on which the mapping is based can be different in the two directions: these Dimensions are defined in the ToVtlSpaceKey and in the FromVtlSpaceKey classes respectively.
1520 1520  
1521 -First, let us see what happens in the__ mapping direction from SDMX to VTL__, i.e. when parts of a SDMX dataflow (e.g. DF1(1.0)) need to be mapped to distinct VTL datasets that are operand of some VTL transformations.
1718 +First, let us see what happens in the mapping direction from SDMX to VTL, i.e. when parts of a SDMX dataflow (e.g. DF1(1.0)) need to be mapped to distinct VTL datasets that are operand of some VTL transformations.
1522 1522  
1523 -As already said, each VTL dataset is assumed to contain all the observations of the SDMX dataflow having INDICATOR=//INDICATORvalue //and COUNTRY=//COUNTRYvalue//. For example, the VTL dataset ‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.USA’ would contain all the observations of DF1(1.0) having INDICATOR = POPULATION and COUNTRY = USA.
1720 +As already said, each VTL dataset is assumed to contain all the observations of the
1524 1524  
1525 -In order to obtain the data structure of these VTL datasets from the SDMX one, it is assumed that the SDMX dimensions on which the mapping is based are dropped, i.e. not maintained in the VTL data structure; this is possible because their values are fixed for each one of the invoked VTL datasets[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[32~]^^>>path:#_ftn32]](%%). After that, the mapping method from SDMX to VTL specified for the dataflow DF1(1.0) is applied (i.e. basic, pivot …).
1722 +SDMX dataflow having INDICATOR=//INDICATORvalue //and COUNTRY=
1526 1526  
1527 -In the example above, for all the datasets of the kind ‘DF1(1.0)///INDICATORvalue//.//COUNTRYvalue//, the dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY would be dropped so that the data structure of all the resulting VTL data sets would have the identifier TIME_PERIOD only.
1724 +//COUNTRYvalue//. For example, the VTL dataset ‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.USA’ would contain all the observations of DF1(1.0) having INDICATOR = POPULATION and COUNTRY = USA.
1528 1528  
1726 +In order to obtain the data structure of these VTL datasets from the SDMX one, it is assumed that the SDMX dimensions on which the mapping is based are dropped, i.e. not maintained in the VTL data structure; this is possible because their values are fixed for each one of the invoked VTL datasets[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[32~]^^>>path:#_ftn32]](%%). After that, the mapping method from SDMX to VTL specified for the dataflow DF1(1.0) is applied (i.e. basic, pivot …). 
1727 +
1728 +In the example above, for all the datasets of the kind
1729 +
1730 +‘DF1(1.0)///INDICATORvalue//.//COUNTRYvalue//’, the dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY would be dropped so that the data structure of all the resulting VTL data sets would have the identifier TIME_PERIOD only.
1731 +
1529 1529  It should be noted that the desired VTL datasets (i.e. of the kind ‘DF1(1.0)/// INDICATORvalue//.//COUNTRYvalue//’) can be obtained also by applying the VTL operator “**sub**” (subspace) to the dataflow DF1(1.0), like in the following VTL expression:
1530 1530  
1531 -> ‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.USA’ :=
1532 -> DF1(1.0) [ sub INDICATOR=“POPULATION”, COUNTRY=“USA” ];
1533 -> ‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.CANADA’ :=
1534 -> DF1(1.0) [ sub INDICATOR=“POPULATION”, COUNTRY=“CANADA” ];
1535 -> …   …   …
1734 +‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.USA’ := 
1536 1536  
1537 -In fact the VTL operator “sub has exactly the same behaviour. Therefore, mapping different parts of a SDMX dataflow to different VTL datasets in the direction from SDMX to VTL through the ordered concatenation notation is equivalent to a proper use of the operator **sub**on such a dataflow. [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[33~]^^>>path:#_ftn33]]
1736 +DF1(1.0) [ sub  INDICATOR=“POPULATION”, COUNTRY=USA” ];
1538 1538  
1738 +
1739 +‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.CANADA’ := 
1740 +
1741 +DF1(1.0) [ sub  INDICATOR=“POPULATION”, COUNTRY=“CANADA” ];
1742 +
1743 +
1744 +…   …   …
1745 +
1746 +In fact the VTL operator “sub” has exactly the same behaviour. Therefore, mapping different parts of a SDMX dataflow to different VTL datasets in the direction from SDMX to VTL through the ordered concatenation notation is equivalent to a proper use of the operator “**sub**” on such a dataflow. [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[33~]^^>>path:#_ftn33]]
1747 +
1539 1539  In the direction from SDMX to VTL it is allowed to omit the value of one or more Dimensions on which the mapping is based, but maintaining all the separating dots (therefore it may happen to find two or more consecutive dots and dots in the beginning or in the end). The absence of value means that for the corresponding Dimension all the values are kept and the Dimension is not dropped.
1540 1540  
1541 -For example, ‘DF(1.0)/POPULATION.’ (note the dot in the end of the name) is the VTL dataset that contains all the observations of the dataflow DF(1.0) for which //INDICATOR// = POPULATION and COUNTRY = any value.
1750 +For example, ‘DF(1.0)/POPULATION.’ (note the dot in the end of the name) is the VTL dataset that contains all the observations of the dataflow DF(1.0) for which  //INDICATOR// = POPULATION and COUNTRY = any value.
1542 1542  
1543 1543  This is equivalent to the application of the VTL “sub” operator only to the identifier //INDICATOR//:
1544 1544  
1545 -> ‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.’ := 
1546 -> DF1(1.0) [sub INDICATOR=“POPULATION” ];
1754 +‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.’ := 
1547 1547  
1756 +DF1(1.0) [ sub  INDICATOR=“POPULATION” ];
1757 +
1758 +
1548 1548  Therefore the VTL dataset ‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.’ would have the identifiers COUNTRY and TIME_PERIOD.
1549 1549  
1550 1550  Heterogeneous invocations of the same Dataflow are allowed, i.e. omitting different Dimensions in different invocations.
1551 1551  
1552 -Let us now analyse the __mapping direction from VTL to SDMX__.
1763 +Let us now analyse the mapping direction from VTL to SDMX.
1553 1553  
1554 1554  In this situation, distinct parts of a SDMX dataflow are calculated as distinct VTL datasets, under the constraint that they must have the same VTL data structure.
1555 1555  
1556 1556  For example, let us assume that the VTL programmer wants to calculate the SDMX dataflow DF2(1.0) having the Dimensions TIME_PERIOD, INDICATOR, and COUNTRY and that such a programmer finds it convenient to calculate separately the parts of DF2(1.0) that have different combinations of values for INDICATOR and COUNTRY:
1557 1557  
1558 -* each part is calculated as a VTL derived dataset, result of a dedicated VTL transformation; [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[34~]^^>>path:#_ftn34]](%%)
1559 -* the data structure of all these VTL datasets has the TIME_PERIOD identifier and does not have the INDICATOR and COUNTRY identifiers.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[35~]^^>>path:#_ftn35]]
1769 +* each part is calculated as a  VTL derived dataset, result of a dedicated VTL transformation; [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[34~]^^>>path:#_ftn34]](%%)
1770 +* the data structure of all these VTL datasets has the TIME_PERIOD identifier and does not have the INDICATOR and COUNTRY identifiers.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[35~]^^>>path:#_ftn35]]
1560 1560  
1561 -Under these hypothesis, such derived VTL datasets can be mapped to DF2(1.0) by declaring the Dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY as mapping dimensions[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[36~]^^>>path:#_ftn36]](%%).
1772 +Under these hypothesis, such derived VTL datasets can be mapped to DF2(1.0) by declaring the Dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY as mapping dimensions[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[36~]^^>>path:#_ftn36]](%%).
1562 1562  
1563 -The corresponding VTL transformations, assuming that the result needs to be persistent, would be of this kind:^^ ^^[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[37~]^^>>path:#_ftn37]]
1774 +The corresponding VTL transformations, assuming that the result needs to be persistent, would be of this kind:^^ ^^[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[37~]^^>>path:#_ftn37]]
1564 1564  
1565 1565  ‘DF2(1.0)///INDICATORvalue//.//COUNTRYvalue//’  <-  expression
1566 1566  
1567 1567  Some examples follow, for some specific values of INDICATOR and COUNTRY:
1568 1568  
1569 -‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.USA’  <-   expression11;
1780 + ‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.USA’    <-   expression11;
1781 +
1570 1570  ‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.CANADA’   <-   expression12;
1783 +
1571 1571  …   …   …
1572 -‘DF2(1.0)/POPGROWTH.USA’  <-   expression21;
1573 -‘DF2(1.0)/POPGROWTH.CANADA’  <-   expression22;
1574 1574  
1786 + ‘DF2(1.0)/POPGROWTH.USA’   <-   expression21;
1787 +
1788 + ‘DF2(1.0)/POPGROWTH.CANADA’    <-   expression22;
1789 +
1575 1575  …   …   …
1576 1576  
1577 -As said, it is assumed that these VTL derived datasets have the TIME_PERIOD as the only identifier. In the mapping from VTL to SMDX, the Dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY are added to the VTL data structure on order to obtain the SDMX one, with the following values respectively:
1578 1578  
1579 -[[image:1747859458410-183.png||height="170" width="663"]]
1793 +As said, it is assumed that these VTL derived datasets have the TIME_PERIOD as the only identifier.  In the mapping from VTL to SMDX, the Dimensions INDICATOR and COUNTRY are added to the VTL data structure on order to obtain the SDMX one, with the following values respectively:
1580 1580  
1581 -It should be noted that the application of this many-to-one mapping from VTL to SDMX is equivalent to an appropriate sequence of VTL Transformations. These use the VTL operator “calc” to add the proper VTL identifiers (in the example, INDICATOR and COUNTRY) and to assign to them the proper values and the operator “union” in order to obtain the final VTL dataset (in the example DF2(1.0)), that can be mapped one-to-one to the homonymous SDMX Dataflow. Following the same example, these VTL transformations would be:
1795 +|(((
1796 + //VTL dataset                                             //
1582 1582  
1583 -[[image:1747859612718-454.png||height="451" width="602"]]
1798 +
1799 +)))|(% colspan="2" %)//INDICATOR value //|(% colspan="2" %)//COUNTRY value//
1800 +|‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.USA’              |GDPPERCAPITA| | |USA
1801 +|(((
1802 +‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.CANADA’  
1584 1584  
1585 -In other words, starting from the datasets explicitly calculated through VTL (in the example ‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.USA’ and so on), the first step consists in calculating other (non-persistent) VTL datasets (in the example DF2bis_GDPPERCAPITA_USA and so on) by adding the identifiers INDICATOR and COUNTRY with the desired values (//INDICATORvalue// and //COUNTRYvalue)//. Finally, all these non-persistent data sets are united and give the final result DF2(1.0)[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[38~]^^>>path:#_ftn38]](%%), which can be mapped one-to-one to the homonymous SDMX dataflow having the dimension components TIME_PERIOD, INDICATOR and COUNTRY.
1804 +…   …   …
1805 +)))|GDPPERCAPITA| | |CANADA
1806 +|‘DF2(1.0)/POPGROWTH.USA’                  |POPGROWTH | | |USA
1807 +|(((
1808 +‘DF2(1.0)/POPGROWTH.CANADA’         
1586 1586  
1587 -Therefore, mapping different VTL datasets having the same data structure to different parts of a SDMX dataflow, i.e. in the direction from VTL to SDMX, through the ordered concatenation notation is equivalent to a proper use of the operators “calc” and “union” on such datasets. [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[39~]^^>>path:#_ftn39]](%%)[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[40~]^^>>path:#_ftn40]]
1810 +…   …   …
1811 +)))|POPGROWTH | | |CANADA 
1588 1588  
1813 +It should be noted that the application of this many-to-one mapping from VTL to SDMX is equivalent to an appropriate sequence of VTL Transformations. These use the VTL operator “calc” to add the proper VTL  identifiers (in the example, INDICATOR and COUNTRY) and to assign to them the proper values and the operator “union” in order to obtain the final VTL dataset (in the example DF2(1.0)), that can be mapped one-to-one to the homonymous SDMX Dataflow.  Following the same example, these VTL transformations would be:
1814 +
1815 +DF2bis_GDPPERCAPITA_USA    :=   ‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.USA’
1816 +
1817 +[calc  identifier INDICATOR := ”GDPPERCAPITA”,  identifier  COUNTRY := ”USA”];
1818 +
1819 +DF2bis_GDPPERCAPITA_CANADA :=   ‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.CANADA’   [calc  identifier INDICATOR:=”GDPPERCAPITA”,  identifier COUNTRY:=”CANADA”]; …   …   …
1820 +
1821 +DF2bis_POPGROWTH_USA     :=  ‘DF2(1.0)/POPGROWTH.USA’ 
1822 +
1823 +[calc  identifier INDICATOR := ”POPGROWTH”,  identifier  COUNTRY :=”USA”];
1824 +
1825 +DF2bis_POPGROWTH_CANADA’  :=  ‘DF2(1.0)/POPGROWTH.CANADA’
1826 +
1827 +[calc  identifier INDICATOR := ”POPGROWTH”,  identifier  COUNTRY := ”CANADA”]; …   …   …
1828 +
1829 +DF2(1.0)   <-   UNION          (DF2bis_GDPPERCAPITA_USA’,
1830 +
1831 +DF2bis_GDPPERCAPITA_CANADA’,
1832 +
1833 +… ,
1834 +
1835 +DF2bis_POPGROWTH_USA’,
1836 +
1837 +DF2bis_POPGROWTH_CANADA’ 
1838 +
1839 +…);
1840 +
1841 +In other words, starting from the datasets explicitly calculated through VTL (in the example ‘DF2(1.0)/GDPPERCAPITA.USA’ and so on), the first step consists in calculating other (non-persistent) VTL datasets (in the example DF2bis_GDPPERCAPITA_USA and so on) by adding the identifiers INDICATOR and COUNTRY with the desired values (//INDICATORvalue// and //COUNTRYvalue)//. Finally, all these non-persistent data sets are united and give the final result DF2(1.0)[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[38~]^^>>path:#_ftn38]](%%), which can be mapped one-to-one to the homonymous SDMX dataflow having the dimension components TIME_PERIOD, INDICATOR and COUNTRY.
1842 +
1843 +Therefore, mapping different VTL datasets having the same data structure to different parts of a SDMX dataflow, i.e. in the direction from VTL to SDMX, through the ordered concatenation notation is equivalent to a proper use of the operators “calc” and “union” on such datasets. [[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[39~]^^>>path:#_ftn39]](%%)[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[40~]^^>>path:#_ftn40]]
1844 +
1589 1589  It is worth noting that in the direction from VTL to SDMX it is mandatory to specify the value for every Dimension on which the mapping is based (in other word, in the name of the calculated VTL dataset is not possible to omit the value of some of the Dimensions).
1590 1590  
1591 1591  === 10.3.7 Mapping variables and value domains between VTL and SDMX ===
... ... @@ -1592,41 +1592,58 @@
1592 1592  
1593 1593  With reference to the VTL “model for Variables and Value domains”, the following additional mappings have to be considered:
1594 1594  
1595 -(% style="width:890.835px" %)
1596 -|(% style="width:314px" %)VTL|(% style="width:574px" %)SDMX
1597 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Data Set Component**|(% style="width:574px" %)Although this abstraction exists in SDMX, it does not have an explicit definition and correspond to a Component (either a Dimension or a PrimaryMeasure or a DataAttribute) belonging to one specific Dataflow^^42^^
1598 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Represented Variable**|(% style="width:574px" %)**Concept** with a definite Representation
1599 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Value Domain**|(% style="width:574px" %)**Representation** (see the Structure Pattern in the Base Package)
1600 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Enumerated Value Domain / Code List**|(% style="width:574px" %)(((
1601 -**Codelist** (for enumerated Dimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute) or **ConceptScheme **(for MeasureDimension)
1851 +|VTL|SDMX
1852 +|**Data Set Component**|Although this abstraction exists in SDMX, it does not have an explicit definition and correspond to a Component (either a Dimension or a PrimaryMeasure or a DataAttribute) belonging to one specific Dataflow^^42^^
1853 +|**Represented Variable**|**Concept** with  a definite Representation
1854 +|**Value Domain**|**Representation** (see the Structure Pattern in the Base Package)
1855 +|**Enumerated Value Domain / Code List**|(((
1856 +**Codelist** (for enumerated
1857 +
1858 +Dimension, PrimaryMeasure,
1859 +
1860 +DataAttribute) or **ConceptScheme**
1861 +
1862 +(for MeasureDimension)
1602 1602  )))
1603 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Code**|(% style="width:574px" %)**Code** (for enumerated Dimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute) or **Concept** (for MeasureDimension)
1604 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Described Value Domain**|(% style="width:574px" %)(((
1605 -non-enumerated** Representation **(having Facets / ExtendedFacets, see the Structure Pattern in the Base Package)
1864 +|**Code**|**Code** (for enumerated Dimension, PrimaryMeasure, DataAttribute) or **Concept** (for MeasureDimension)
1865 +|**Described Value Domain**|(((
1866 +non-enumerated** Representation**
1867 +
1868 +(having Facets / ExtendedFacets, see the Structure Pattern in the Base Package)
1606 1606  )))
1607 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Value**|(% style="width:574px" %)(((
1608 -Although this abstraction exists in SDMX, it does not have an explicit definition and correspond to a **Code** of a Codelist (for enumerated Representations) or to a valid **value **(for non-enumerated** **Representations) or to a **Concept **(for MeasureDimension)
1870 +|**Value**|(((
1871 +Although this abstraction exists in SDMX, it does not have an explicit definition and correspond to a **Code** of a
1872 +
1873 +Codelist (for enumerated
1874 +
1875 +Representations) or to a valid **value **(for non-enumerated** **
1876 +
1877 +Representations) or to a **Concept**
1878 +
1879 +(for MeasureDimension)
1609 1609  )))
1610 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Value Domain Subset / Set**|(% style="width:574px" %)This abstraction does not exist in SDMX
1611 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Enumerated Value Domain Subset / Enumerated Set**|(% style="width:574px" %)This abstraction does not exist in SDMX
1612 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Described Value Domain Subset / Described Set**|(% style="width:574px" %)This abstraction does not exist in SDMX
1613 -|(% style="width:314px" %)**Set list**|(% style="width:574px" %)This abstraction does not exist in SDMX
1881 +|**Value Domain Subset / Set**|This abstraction does not exist in SDMX
1882 +|**Enumerated Value Domain Subset / Enumerated Set**|This abstraction does not exist in SDMX
1883 +|**Described Value Domain Subset / Described Set**|This abstraction does not exist in SDMX
1884 +|**Set list**|This abstraction does not exist in SDMX
1614 1614  
1615 1615  The main difference between VTL and SDMX relies on the fact that the VTL artefacts for defining subsets of Value Domains do not exist in SDMX, therefore the VTL features for referring to predefined subsets are not available in SDMX. These artefacts are the Value Domain Subset (or Set), either enumerated or described, the Set List (list of values belonging to enumerated subsets) and the Data Set Component (aimed at defining the set of values that the Component of a Data Set can take, possibly a subset of the codes of Value Domain).
1616 1616  
1617 -Another difference consists in the fact that all Value Domains are considered as identifiable objects in VTL either if enumerated or not, while in SDMX the Codelist (corresponding to a VTL enumerated Value Domain) is identifiable, while the SDMX non-enumerated Representation (corresponding to a VTL non-enumerated Value Domain) is not identifiable. As a consequence, the definition of the VTL rulesets, which in VTL can refer either to enumerated or non-enumerated value domains, in SDMX can refer only to enumerated Value Domains (i.e. to SDMX Codelists).
1888 +Another difference consists in the fact that all Value Domains are considered as identifiable objects in VTL either if enumerated or not, while in SDMX  the Codelist (corresponding to a VTL enumerated Value Domain) is identifiable, while the SDMX non-enumerated Representation (corresponding to a VTL non-enumerated Value
1618 1618  
1619 -As for the mapping between VTL variables and SDMX Concepts, it should be noted that these artefacts do not coincide perfectly. In fact, the VTL variables are represented variables, defined always on the same Value Domain (“Representation in SDMX) independently of the data set / data structure in which they appear[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[41~]^^>>path:#_ftn41]](%%), while the SDMX Concepts can have different Representations in different DataStructures.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[42~]^^>>path:#_ftn42]](%%) This means that one SDMX Concept can correspond to many VTL Variables, one for each representation the Concept has.
1890 +Domain) is not identifiable. As a consequence, the definition of the VTL rulesets, which in VTL can refer either to enumerated or non-enumerated value domains, in SDMX can refer only to enumerated Value Domains (i.e. to SDMX Codelists). 
1620 1620  
1621 -Therefore, it is important to be aware that some VTL operations (for example the binary operations at data set level) are consistent only if the components having the same names in the operated VTL data sets have also the same representation (i.e. the same Value Domain as for VTL). For example, it is possible to obtain correct results from the VTL expression
1892 +As for the mapping between VTL variables and SDMX Concepts, it should be noted that these artefacts do not coincide perfectly. In fact, the VTL variables ar represented variables, defined always on the same Value Domain (“Representation in SDMX) independently of the data set / data structure in which they appear[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[41~]^^>>path:#_ftn41]](%%), while the SDMX Concepts can have different Representations in different DataStructures.[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[42~]^^>>path:#_ftn42]](%%) This means that one SDMX Concept can correspond to many VTL Variables, one for each representation the Concept has.
1622 1622  
1623 -DS_c := DS_a + DS_b (where DS_a, DS_b, DS_c are VTL Data Sets)
1894 +Therefore, it is important to be aware that some VTL operations (for example the binary operations at data set level) are consistent only if the components having the same names in the operated VTL data sets have also the same representation (i.e. the same Value Domain as for VTL).   For example, it is possible to obtain correct results from the VTL expression
1624 1624  
1625 -if the matching components in DS_a and DS_b (e.g. ref_date, geo_area, sector …) refer to the same general representation. In simpler words, DS_a and DS_b must use the same values/codes (for ref_date, geo_area, sector … ), otherwise the relevant values would not match and the result of the operation would be wrong.
1896 + DS_c  :=  DS_a  DS_b  (where DS_a, DS_b, DS_c   are VTL Data Sets)
1626 1626  
1898 +if the matching components in DS_a and DS_b (e.g. ref_date, geo_area, sector …) refer to the same general representation. In simpler words, DS_a  and DS_b must use the same values/codes (for ref_date, geo_area, sector … ), otherwise the relevant values would not match and the result of the operation would be wrong.
1899 +
1627 1627  As mentioned, the property above is not enforced by construction in SDMX, and different representations of the same Concept can be not compatible one another (for example, it may happen that geo_area is represented by ISO-alpha-3 codes in DS_a and by ISO alpha-2 codes in DS_b). Therefore, it will be up to the definer of VTL transformations to ensure that the VTL expressions are consistent with the actual representations of the correspondent SDMX Concepts.
1628 1628  
1629 -It remains up to the SDMX-VTL definer also the assurance of the consistency between a VTL Ruleset defined on Variables and the SDMX Components on which the Ruleset is applied. In fact, a VTL Ruleset is expressed by means of the values of the Variables (i.e. SDMX Concepts), i.e. assuming definite representations for them (e.g. ISO-alpha-3 for country). If the Ruleset is applied to SDMX Components that have the same name of the Concept they refer to but different representations (e.g. ISO-alpha-2 for country), the Ruleset cannot work properly.
1902 +It remains up to the SDMX-VTL definer also the assurance of the consistency between a VTL Ruleset defined on Variables  and the SDMX Components on which the Ruleset is applied.  In fact, a VTL Ruleset is expressed by means of the values of the Variables (i.e. SDMX Concepts), i.e. assuming definite representations for them (e.g. ISO-alpha-3 for country). If the Ruleset is applied to SDMX Components that have the same name of the Concept they refer to but different representations (e.g. ISO-alpha-2 for country), the Ruleset cannot work properly.
1630 1630  
1631 1631  == 10.4 Mapping between SDMX and VTL Data Types ==
1632 1632  
... ... @@ -1644,7 +1644,6 @@
1644 1644  
1645 1645  The VTL basic scalar types are listed below and follow a hierarchical structure in terms of supersets/subsets (e.g. “scalar” is the superset of all the basic scalar types):
1646 1646  
1647 -[[image:1747859722732-549.png||height="283" width="224"]]
1648 1648  
1649 1649  **Figure 13 – VTL Basic Scalar Types**
1650 1650  
... ... @@ -1670,162 +1670,208 @@
1670 1670  
1671 1671  The following table describes the default mapping for converting from the SDMX data types to the VTL basic scalar types.
1672 1672  
1673 -(% style="width:653.835px" %)
1674 -|(% style="width:366px" %)**SDMX data type (BasicComponentDataType)**|(% style="width:284px" %)**Default VTL basic scalar type**
1675 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1676 -**String**
1945 +|**SDMX data type (BasicComponentDataType)**|**Default VTL basic scalar type**
1946 +|(((
1947 +**String   **
1948 +
1677 1677  (string allowing any character)
1678 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1679 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1680 -**Alpha**
1950 +)))|**string**
1951 +|(((
1952 +**Alpha    **
1953 +
1681 1681  (string which only allows A-z)
1682 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1683 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1684 -**AlphaNumeric**
1955 +)))|**string**
1956 +|(((
1957 +**AlphaNumeric  **
1958 +
1685 1685  (string which only allows A-z and 0-9)
1686 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1687 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1688 -**Numeric**
1960 +)))|**string**
1961 +|(((
1962 +**Numeric   **
1963 +
1689 1689  (string which only allows 0-9, but is not numeric so that is can having leading zeros)
1690 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1691 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1692 -**BigInteger**
1965 +)))|**string**
1966 +|(((
1967 +**BigInteger **
1968 +
1693 1693  (corresponds to XML Schema xs:integer datatype; infinite set of integer values)
1694 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**integer**
1695 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1696 -**Integer**
1697 -(corresponds to XML Schema xs:int datatype; between -2147483648 and +2147483647 (inclusive))
1698 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**integer**
1699 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1700 -**Long**
1701 -(corresponds to XML Schema xs:long datatype; between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 (inclusive))
1702 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**integer**
1703 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1704 -**Short**
1970 +)))|**integer**
1971 +|(((
1972 +**Integer **
1973 +
1974 +(corresponds to XML Schema xs:int datatype; between
1975 +
1976 +-2147483648 and +2147483647 (inclusive))
1977 +)))|**integer**
1978 +|(((
1979 +**Long **
1980 +
1981 +(corresponds to XML Schema xs:long datatype;
1982 +
1983 +between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 (inclusive))
1984 +)))|**integer**
1985 +|(((
1986 +**Short **
1987 +
1705 1705  (corresponds to XML Schema xs:short datatype; between -32768 and -32767 (inclusive))
1706 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**integer**
1707 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1989 +)))|**integer**
1990 +|(((
1708 1708  **Decimal**
1992 +
1709 1709  (corresponds to XML Schema xs:decimal datatype; subset of real numbers that can be represented as decimals)
1710 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**number**
1711 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1712 -**Float**
1994 +)))|**number**
1995 +|(((
1996 +**Float **
1997 +
1713 1713  (corresponds to XML Schema xs:float datatype; patterned after the IEEE single-precision 32-bit floating point type)
1714 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**number**
1715 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1716 -**Double**
1999 +)))|**number**
2000 +|(((
2001 +**Double **
2002 +
1717 1717  (corresponds to XML Schema xs:double datatype; patterned after the IEEE double-precision 64-bit floating point type)
1718 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**number**
1719 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1720 -**Boolean**
1721 -(corresponds to the XML Schema xs:boolean datatype; support the mathematical concept of binary-valued logic: {true, false})
1722 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**boolean**
1723 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1724 -**URI**
2004 +)))|**number**
2005 +|(((
2006 +**Boolean **
2007 +
2008 +(corresponds to the XML Schema xs:boolean datatype; support the mathematical concept of binary-valued logic: {true, false}) 
2009 +)))|**boolean**
2010 +|(((
2011 +**URI **
2012 +
1725 1725  (corresponds to the XML Schema xs:anyURI; absolute or relative Uniform Resource Identifier Reference)
1726 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1727 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1728 -**Count**
2014 +)))|**string**
2015 +|(((
2016 +**Count   **
2017 +
1729 1729  (an integer following a sequential pattern, increasing by 1 for each occurrence)
1730 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**integer**
1731 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1732 -**InclusiveValueRange**
2019 +)))|**integer**
2020 +|(((
2021 +**InclusiveValueRange **
2022 +
1733 1733  (decimal number within a closed interval, whose bounds are specified in the SDMX representation by the facets minValue and maxValue)
1734 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**number**
1735 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1736 -**ExclusiveValueRange**
2024 +)))|**number**
2025 +|(((
2026 +**ExclusiveValueRange **
2027 +
1737 1737  (decimal number within an open interval, whose bounds are specified in the SDMX representation by the facets minValue and maxValue)
1738 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**number**
1739 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1740 -**Incremental **
2029 +)))|**number**
2030 +|(((
2031 +**Incremental  **
2032 +
1741 1741  (decimal number the increased by a specific interval (defined by the interval facet), which is typically enforced outside of the XML validation)
1742 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**number**
1743 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1744 -**ObservationalTimePeriod**
2034 +)))|**number**
2035 +|(((
2036 +**ObservationalTimePeriod   **
2037 +
1745 1745  (superset of StandardTimePeriod and TimeRange)
1746 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time**
1747 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1748 -**StandardTimePeriod**
2039 +)))|**time**
2040 +|(((
2041 +**StandardTimePeriod   **
2042 +
1749 1749  (superset of BasicTimePeriod and ReportingTimePeriod)
1750 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time**
1751 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1752 -**BasicTimePeriod**
2044 +)))|**time**
2045 +|(((
2046 +**BasicTimePeriod  **
2047 +
1753 1753  (superset of GregorianTimePeriod and DateTime)
1754 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**date**
1755 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1756 -**GregorianTimePeriod**
2049 +)))|**date**
2050 +|(((
2051 +**GregorianTimePeriod   **
2052 +
1757 1757  (superset of GregorianYear, GregorianYearMonth, and GregorianDay)
1758 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**date**
1759 -|(% style="width:366px" %)**GregorianYear **(YYYY)|(% style="width:284px" %)**date**
1760 -|(% style="width:366px" %)**GregorianYearMonth** / **GregorianMonth** (YYYY-MM)|(% style="width:284px" %)**date**
1761 -|(% style="width:366px" %)**GregorianDay **(YYYY-MM-DD)|(% style="width:284px" %)**date**
1762 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
2054 +)))|**date**
2055 +|**GregorianYear     **(YYYY)  |**date**
2056 +|**GregorianYearMonth** / **GregorianMonth**    (YYYY-MM)|**date**
2057 +|**GregorianDay    **(YYYY-MM-DD)|**date**
2058 +|(((
1763 1763  **ReportingTimePeriod **
1764 -(superset of RepostingYear, ReportingSemester, ReportingTrimester, ReportingQuarter, ReportingMonth, ReportingWeek, ReportingDay)
1765 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time_period**
1766 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1767 -**ReportingYear**
2060 +
2061 +(superset of RepostingYear, ReportingSemester,
2062 +
2063 +ReportingTrimester, ReportingQuarter, ReportingMonth,
2064 +
2065 +ReportingWeek, ReportingDay)
2066 +)))|**time_period**
2067 +|(((
2068 +**ReportingYear   **
2069 +
1768 1768  (YYYY-A1 – 1 year period)
1769 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time_period**
1770 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1771 -**ReportingSemester**
2071 +)))|**time_period**
2072 +|(((
2073 +**ReportingSemester  **
2074 +
1772 1772  (YYYY-Ss – 6 month period)
1773 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time_period**
1774 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1775 -**ReportingTrimester**
2076 +)))|**time_period**
2077 +|(((
2078 +**ReportingTrimester **
2079 +
1776 1776  (YYYY-Tt – 4 month period)
1777 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time_period**
1778 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1779 -**ReportingQuarter**
2081 +)))|**time_period**
2082 +|(((
2083 +**ReportingQuarter   **
2084 +
1780 1780  (YYYY-Qq – 3 month period)
1781 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time_period**
1782 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1783 -**ReportingMonth**
2086 +)))|**time_period**
2087 +|(((
2088 +**ReportingMonth   **
2089 +
1784 1784  (YYYY-Mmm – 1 month period)
1785 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time_period**
1786 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1787 -**ReportingWeek**
2091 +)))|**time_period**
2092 +|(((
2093 +**ReportingWeek   **
2094 +
1788 1788  (YYYY-Www – 7 day period; following ISO 8601 definition of a week in a year)
1789 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time_period**
1790 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1791 -**ReportingDay**
2096 +)))|**time_period**
2097 +|(((
2098 +**ReportingDay   **
2099 +
1792 1792  (YYYY-Dddd – 1 day period)
1793 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time_period**
1794 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1795 -**DateTime**
2101 +)))|**time_period**
2102 +|(((
2103 +**DateTime  **
2104 +
1796 1796  (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss)
1797 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**date**
1798 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1799 -**TimeRange**
2106 +)))|**date**
2107 +|(((
2108 +**TimeRange   **
1800 1800  
1801 1801  (YYYY-MM-DD(Thh:mm:ss)?/<duration>)
1802 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**time**
1803 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1804 -**Month**
1805 -(~-~-MM; speicifies a month independent of a year; e.g. February is black history month in the United States)
1806 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1807 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1808 -**MonthDay**
1809 -(~-~-MM-DD; specifies a day within a month independent of a year; e.g. Christmas is December 25^^th^^; used to specify reporting year start day)
1810 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1811 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1812 -**Day**
2111 +)))|**time**
2112 +|(((
2113 +**Month   **
2114 +
2115 +(~-~-MM; speicifies a month independent of a year; e.g.
2116 +
2117 +February is black history month in the United States)
2118 +)))|**string**
2119 +|(((
2120 +**MonthDay   **
2121 +
2122 +(~-~-MM-DD; specifies a day within a month independent of a year; e.g. Christmas is December 25^^th^^;  used to specify reporting year start day)
2123 +)))|**string**
2124 +|(((
2125 +**Day   **
2126 +
1813 1813  (~-~--DD; specifies a day independent of a month or year; e.g. the 15^^th^^ is payday)
1814 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1815 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1816 -**Time**
2128 +)))|**string**
2129 +|(((
2130 +**Time   **
2131 +
1817 1817  (hh:mm:ss; time independent of a date; e.g. coffee break is at 10:00 AM)
1818 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**string**
1819 -|(% style="width:366px" %)(((
1820 -**Duration**
2133 +)))|**string**
2134 +|(((
2135 +**Duration **
2136 +
1821 1821  (corresponds to XML Schema xs:duration datatype)
1822 -)))|(% style="width:284px" %)**duration**
1823 -|(% style="width:366px" %)XHTML|(% style="width:284px" %)Metadata type – not applicable
1824 -|(% style="width:366px" %)KeyValues|(% style="width:284px" %)Metadata type – not applicable
1825 -|(% style="width:366px" %)IdentifiableReference|(% style="width:284px" %)Metadata type – not applicable
1826 -|(% style="width:366px" %)DataSetReference|(% style="width:284px" %)Metadata type – not applicable
1827 -|(% style="width:366px" %)AttachmentConstraintReference|(% style="width:284px" %)Metadata type – not applicable
2138 +)))|**duration**
2139 +|XHTML|Metadata type – not applicable
2140 +|KeyValues|Metadata type – not applicable
2141 +|IdentifiableReference|Metadata type – not applicable
2142 +|DataSetReference|Metadata type – not applicable
2143 +|AttachmentConstraintReference|Metadata type – not applicable
1828 1828  
2145 +
2146 +
1829 1829  **Figure 14 – Mappings from SDMX data types to VTL Basic Scalar Types**
1830 1830  
1831 1831  When VTL takes in input SDMX artefacts, it is assumed that a type conversion according to the table above always happens. In case a different VTL basic scalar type is desired, it can be achieved in the VTL program taking in input the default VTL basic scalar type above and applying to it the VTL type conversion features (see the implicit and explicit type conversion and the “cast” operator in the VTL Reference Manual).
... ... @@ -1834,84 +1834,89 @@
1834 1834  
1835 1835  The following table describes the default conversion from the VTL basic scalar types to the SDMX data types .
1836 1836  
1837 -(% style="width:923.835px" %)
1838 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**VTL basic scalar type**|(% style="width:419px" %)**Default SDMX data type (BasicComponentDataType)**|(% style="width:311px" %)**Default output format**
1839 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**String**|(% style="width:419px" %)**String **|(% style="width:311px" %)Like XML (xs:string)
1840 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**Number**|(% style="width:419px" %)**Float **|(% style="width:311px" %)Like XML (xs:float)
1841 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**Integer**|(% style="width:419px" %)**Integer **|(% style="width:311px" %)Like XML (xs:int)
1842 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**Date**|(% style="width:419px" %)**DateTime**|(% style="width:311px" %)YYYY-MM-DDT00:00:00Z
1843 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**Time**|(% style="width:419px" %)**StandardTimePeriod**|(% style="width:311px" %)<date>/<date> (as defined above)
1844 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**time_period**|(% style="width:419px" %)(((
1845 -**ReportingTimePeriod
1846 -(StandardReportingPeriod)**
1847 -)))|(% style="width:311px" %)(((
2155 +|**VTL basic scalar type**|**Default SDMX data type (BasicComponentDataType)**|**Default output format**
2156 +|**String**|**String **|Like XML (xs:string)
2157 +|**Number**|**Float **|Like XML (xs:float)
2158 +|**Integer**|**Integer **|Like XML (xs:int)
2159 +|**Date**|**DateTime**|YYYY-MM-DDT00:00:00Z
2160 +|**Time**|**StandardTimePeriod**|<date>/<date> (as defined above)
2161 +|**time_period**|(((
2162 +**ReportingTimePeriod**
2163 +
2164 +**(StandardReportingPeriod)**
2165 +)))|(((
1848 1848   YYYY-Pppp
2167 +
1849 1849  (according to SDMX )
1850 1850  )))
1851 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**Duration**|(% style="width:419px" %)**Duration **|(% style="width:311px" %)(((
2170 +|**Duration**|**Duration **|(((
1852 1852  Like XML (xs:duration)
2172 +
1853 1853  PnYnMnDTnHnMnS
1854 1854  )))
1855 -|(% style="width:191px" %)**Boolean**|(% style="width:419px" %)**Boolean **|(% style="width:311px" %)(((
1856 -Like XML (xs:boolean) with the values “true” or “false”
2175 +|**Boolean**|**Boolean **|(((
2176 +Like XML (xs:boolean) with the values
2177 +
2178 +“true” or “false”
1857 1857  )))
1858 1858  
1859 1859  **Figure 14 – Mappings from SDMX data types to VTL Basic Scalar Types**
1860 1860  
1861 -In case a different default conversion is desired, it can be achieved through the CustomTypeScheme and CustomType artefacts (see also the section Transformations and Expressions of the SDMX information model).
2183 +In case a different default conversion is desired, it can be achieved through the
1862 1862  
2185 +CustomTypeScheme and CustomType artefacts (see also the section Transformations and Expressions of the SDMX information model).
2186 +
1863 1863  The custom output formats can be specified by means of the VTL formatting mask described in the section “Type Conversion and Formatting Mask” of the VTL Reference Manual. Such a section describes the masks for the VTL basic scalar types “number”, “integer”, “date”, “time”, “time_period” and “duration” and gives examples. As for the types “string” and “boolean” the VTL conventions are extended with some other special characters as described in the following table.
1864 1864  
1865 -(% style="width:671.835px" %)
1866 -|(% colspan="2" style="width:669px" %)**VTL special characters for the formatting masks**
1867 -|(% colspan="2" style="width:669px" %)** **
1868 -|(% colspan="2" style="width:669px" %)**Number **
1869 -|(% style="width:141px" %)D|(% style="width:528px" %)one numeric digit (if the scientific notation is adopted, D is only for the mantissa)
1870 -|(% style="width:141px" %)E|(% style="width:528px" %)one numeric digit (for the exponent of the scientific notation)
1871 -|(% style="width:141px" %).(dot)|(% style="width:528px" %)possible separator between the integer and the decimal parts.
1872 -|(% style="width:141px" %),(comma)|(% style="width:528px" %)possible separator between the integer and the decimal parts.
1873 -|(% style="width:141px" %) |(% style="width:528px" %)
1874 -|(% colspan="2" style="width:669px" %)**Time and duration**
1875 -|(% style="width:141px" %)C |(% style="width:528px" %)century
1876 -|(% style="width:141px" %)Y|(% style="width:528px" %)year
1877 -|(% style="width:141px" %)S|(% style="width:528px" %)semester
1878 -|(% style="width:141px" %)Q|(% style="width:528px" %)quarter
1879 -|(% style="width:141px" %)M|(% style="width:528px" %)month
1880 -|(% style="width:141px" %)W|(% style="width:528px" %)week
1881 -|(% style="width:141px" %)D|(% style="width:528px" %)day
1882 -|(% style="width:141px" %)h |(% style="width:528px" %)hour digit (by default on 24 hours)
1883 -|(% style="width:141px" %)M|(% style="width:528px" %)minute
1884 -|(% style="width:141px" %)S|(% style="width:528px" %)second
1885 -|(% style="width:141px" %)D|(% style="width:528px" %)decimal of second
1886 -|(% style="width:141px" %)P|(% style="width:528px" %)period indicator (representation in one digit for the duration)
1887 -|(% style="width:141px" %)P|(% style="width:528px" %)number of the periods specified in the period indicator
1888 -|(% style="width:141px" %)AM/PM |(% style="width:528px" %)indicator of AM / PM (e.g. am/pm for “am” or “pm”)
1889 -|(% style="width:141px" %)MONTH|(% style="width:528px" %)uppercase textual representation of the month (e.g., JANUARY for January)
1890 -|(% style="width:141px" %)DAY|(% style="width:528px" %)uppercase textual representation of the day (e.g., MONDAY for Monday)
1891 -|(% style="width:141px" %)Month|(% style="width:528px" %)lowercase textual representation of the month (e.g., january)
1892 -|(% style="width:141px" %)Day|(% style="width:528px" %)lowercase textual representation of the month (e.g., monday)
1893 -|(% style="width:141px" %)Month|(% style="width:528px" %)First character uppercase, then lowercase textual representation of the month (e.g., January)
1894 -|(% style="width:141px" %)Day|(% style="width:528px" %)First character uppercase, then lowercase textual representation of the day using (e.g. Monday)
1895 -|(% style="width:141px" %) |(% style="width:528px" %)
1896 -|(% colspan="2" style="width:669px" %)**String**
1897 -|(% style="width:141px" %)X|(% style="width:528px" %)any string character
1898 -|(% style="width:141px" %)Z|(% style="width:528px" %)any string character from “A” to “z”
1899 -|(% style="width:141px" %)9|(% style="width:528px" %)any string character from “0” to “9”
1900 -|(% style="width:141px" %) |(% style="width:528px" %)
1901 -|(% colspan="2" style="width:669px" %)**Boolean **
1902 -|(% style="width:141px" %)B|(% style="width:528px" %)Boolean using “true” for True and “false” for False
1903 -|(% style="width:141px" %)1|(% style="width:528px" %)Boolean using “1” for True and “0” for False
1904 -|(% style="width:141px" %)0|(% style="width:528px" %)Boolean using “0” for True and “1” for False
1905 -|(% style="width:141px" %) |(% style="width:528px" %)
1906 -|(% colspan="2" style="width:669px" %)Other qualifiers
1907 -|(% style="width:141px" %)*|(% style="width:528px" %)an arbitrary number of digits (of the preceding type)
1908 -|(% style="width:141px" %)+|(% style="width:528px" %)at least one digit (of the preceding type)
1909 -|(% style="width:141px" %)( )|(% style="width:528px" %)optional digits (specified within the brackets)
1910 -|(% style="width:141px" %)\|(% style="width:528px" %)prefix for the special characters that must appear in the mask
1911 -|(% style="width:141px" %)N|(% style="width:528px" %)fixed number of digits used in the preceding textual representation of the month or the day
1912 -|(% style="width:141px" %) |(% style="width:528px" %)
2189 +|(% colspan="2" %)**VTL special characters for the formatting masks**
2190 +|(% colspan="2" %)** **
2191 +|(% colspan="2" %)**Number **
2192 +|D|one numeric digit (if the scientific notation is adopted, D is only for the mantissa)
2193 +|E|one numeric digit (for the exponent of the scientific notation)
2194 +|.    (dot)|possible separator between the integer and the decimal parts.
2195 +|,   (comma)|possible separator between the integer and the decimal parts.
2196 +| |
2197 +|(% colspan="2" %)**Time and duration**
2198 +|C |century
2199 +|Y|year
2200 +|S|semester
2201 +|Q|quarter
2202 +|M|month
2203 +|W|week
2204 +|D|day
2205 +|h |hour digit (by default on 24 hours)
2206 +|M|minute
2207 +|S|second
2208 +|D|decimal of second
2209 +|P|period indicator (representation in one digit for the duration)
2210 +|P|number of the periods specified in the period indicator
2211 +|AM/PM |indicator of AM / PM (e.g. am/pm for “am” or “pm”)
2212 +|MONTH|uppercase textual representation of the month (e.g., JANUARY for January)
2213 +|DAY|uppercase textual representation of the day (e.g., MONDAY for Monday)
2214 +|Month|lowercase textual representation of the month (e.g., january)
2215 +|Day|lowercase textual representation of the month (e.g., monday)
2216 +|Month|First character uppercase, then lowercase textual representation of the month (e.g., January)
2217 +|Day|First character uppercase, then lowercase textual representation of the day using (e.g. Monday)
2218 +| |
2219 +|(% colspan="2" %)**String  **
2220 +|X|any string character
2221 +|Z|any string character from “A” to “z”
2222 +|9|any string character from “0” to “9”
2223 +| |
2224 +|(% colspan="2" %)**Boolean **
2225 +|B|Boolean using “true” for True and “false” for False
2226 +|1|Boolean using “1” for True and “0” for False
2227 +|0|Boolean using “0” for True and “1” for False
2228 +| |
2229 +|(% colspan="2" %)Other qualifiers
2230 +|*|an arbitrary number of digits (of the preceding type)
2231 +|+|at least one digit (of the preceding type)
2232 +|( )|optional digits (specified within the brackets)
2233 +|\|prefix for the special characters that must appear in the mask
2234 +|N|fixed number of digits used in the preceding  textual representation of the month or the day
2235 +| |
1913 1913  
1914 -The default conversion, either standard or customized, can be used to deduce automatically the representation of the components of the result of a VTL transformation. In alternative, the representation of the resulting SDMX Dataflow can be given explicitly by providing its DataStructureDefinition. In other words, the representation specified in the DSD, if available, overrides any default conversion[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[43~]^^>>path:#_ftn43]](%%).
2237 +The default conversion, either standard or customized, can be used to deduce automatically the representation of the components of the result of a VTL transformation. In alternative, the representation of the resulting SDMX Dataflow can be given explicitly by providing its DataStructureDefinition. In other words, the representation specified in the DSD, if available, overrides any default conversion[[(% class="wikiinternallink wikiinternallink wikiinternallink" %)^^~[43~]^^>>path:#_ftn43]](%%).
1915 1915  
1916 1916  === 10.4.5 Null Values ===
1917 1917  
... ... @@ -1919,20 +1919,22 @@
1919 1919  
1920 1920  On the other side, the VTL programs can produce in output NULL values for Measures and Attributes (Null values are not allowed in the Identifiers). In the conversion from VTL to SDMX, it is assumed that a NULL in VTL becomes a missing value in SDMX.
1921 1921  
1922 -In the conversion from VTL to SDMX, the default assumption can be overridden, separately for each VTL basic scalar type, by specifying which the value that represents the NULL in SDMX is. This can be specified in the attribute “nullValue” of the CustomType artefact (see also the section Transformations and Expressions of the SDMX information model). A CustomType belongs to a CustomTypeScheme, which can be referenced by one or more TransformationScheme (i.e. VTL programs). The overriding assumption is applied for all the SDMX Dataflows calculated in the TransformationScheme.
2245 +In the conversion from VTL to SDMX, the default assumption can be overridden, separately for each VTL basic scalar type, by specifying which the value that represents the NULL in SDMX is. This can be specified in the attribute “nullValue” of the CustomType artefact (see also the section Transformations and Expressions of the SDMX information model). A CustomType belongs to a CustomTypeScheme, which can be referenced by one or more  TransformationScheme (i.e. VTL programs). The overriding assumption is applied for all the SDMX Dataflows calculated in the TransformationScheme.
1923 1923  
1924 1924  === 10.4.6 Format of the literals used in VTL transformations ===
1925 1925  
1926 1926  The VTL programs can contain literals, i.e. specific values of certain data types written directly in the VTL definitions or expressions. The VTL does not prescribe a specific format for the literals and leave the specific VTL systems and the definers of VTL transformations free of using their preferred formats.
1927 1927  
1928 -Given this discretion, it is essential to know which are the external representations adopted for the literals in a VTL program, in order to interpret them correctly. For example, if the external format for the dates is YYYY-MM-DD the date literal 201001-02 has the meaning of 2^^nd^^ January 2010, instead if the external format for the dates is YYYY-DD-MM the same literal has the meaning of 1^^st^^ February 2010.
2251 +Given this discretion, it is essential to know which are the external representations adopted for the literals in a VTL program, in order to interpret them correctly.  For example, if the external format for the dates is YYYY-MM-DD the date literal 201001-02 has the meaning of 2^^nd^^ January 2010, instead if the external format for the dates is YYYY-DD-MM the same literal has the meaning of 1^^st^^ February 2010.
1929 1929  
1930 1930  Hereinafter, i.e. in the SDMX implementation of the VTL, it is assumed that the literals are expressed according to the “default output format” of the table of the previous paragraph (“Mapping VTL basic scalar types to SDMX data types”) unless otherwise specified.
1931 1931  
1932 1932  A different format can be specified in the attribute “vtlLiteralFormat” of the CustomType artefact (see also the section Transformations and Expressions of the SDMX information model).
1933 1933  
1934 -Like in the case of the conversion of NULLs described in the previous paragraph, the overriding assumption is applied, for a certain VTL basic scalar type, if a value is found for the vtlLiteralFormat attribute of the CustomType of such VTL basic scalar type. The overriding assumption is applied for all the literals of a related VTL TransformationScheme.
2257 +Like in the case of the conversion of NULLs described in the previous paragraph, the overriding assumption is applied, for a certain VTL basic scalar type, if a value is found for the vtlLiteralFormat attribute of the CustomType of such VTL basic scalar type. The overriding assumption is applied for all the literals of a related VTL
1935 1935  
2259 +TransformationScheme.
2260 +
1936 1936  In case a literal is operand of a VTL Cast operation, the format specified in the Cast overrides all the possible otherwise specified formats.
1937 1937  
1938 1938  = 11 Annex I: How to eliminate extra element in the .NET SDMX Web Service =
... ... @@ -1941,18 +1941,12 @@
1941 1941  
1942 1942  For implementing an SDMX compliant Web Service the standardised WSDL file should be used that describes the expected request/response structure. The request message of the operation contains a wrapper element (e.g. “GetGenericData”) that wraps a tag called “GenericDataQuery”, which is the actual SDMX query XML message that contains the query to be processed by the Web Service. In the same way the response is formulated in a wrapper element “GetGenericDataResponse”.
1943 1943  
1944 -As defined in the SOAP specification, the root element of a SOAP message is the Envelope, which contains an optional Header and a mandatory Body. These are illustrated below along with the Body contents according to the WSDL:
2269 +As defined in the SOAP specification, the root element of a SOAP message is the Envelope, which contains an optional Header and a mandatory Body. These are illustrated below along with the Body contents according to the WSDL:
1945 1945  
1946 -[[image:1747854006117-843.png]]
1947 -
1948 1948  The problem that initiated the present analysis refers to the difference in the way SOAP requests are when trying to implement the aforementioned Web Service in .NET framework.
1949 1949  
1950 1950  Building such a Web Service using the .NET framework is done by exposing a method (i.e. the getGenericData in the example) with an XML document argument (lets name it “Query”). **The difference that appears in Microsoft .Net implementations is that there is a need for an extra XML container around the SDMX GenericDataQuery.** This is the expected behavior since the framework is let to publish automatically the Web Service as a remote procedure call, thus wraps each parameter into an extra element. The .NET request is illustrated below:
1951 1951  
1952 -[[image:1747854039499-443.png]]
1953 -
1954 -[[image:1747854067769-691.png]]
1955 -
1956 1956  Furthermore this extra element is also inserted in the automatically generated WSDL from the framework. Therefore this particularity requires custom clients for the .NET Web Services that is not an interoperable solution.
1957 1957  
1958 1958  == 11.2 Solution ==
... ... @@ -1973,30 +1973,20 @@
1973 1973  
1974 1974  To understand how the **XmlAnyElement** attribute works we present the following two web methods:
1975 1975  
1976 -[[image:1747854096778-844.png]]
2295 +In this method the **input** parameter is decorated with the **XmlAnyElement** parameter. This is a hint that this parameter will be de-serialized from an **xsd:any** element. Since the attribute is not passed any parameters, it means that the entire XML element for this parameter in the SOAP message will be in the Infoset that is represented by this **XmlElement** parameter.
1977 1977  
1978 -In this method the **input** parameter is decorated with the **XmlAnyElement** parameter. This is a hint that this parameter will be de-serialized from an **xsd:any** element. Since the attribute is not passed any parameters, it means that the entire XML element for this parameter in the SOAP message will be in the Infoset that is represented by this **XmlElement** parameter.
2297 +The difference between the two is that for the first method, **SubmitXml**, the
1979 1979  
1980 -[[image:1747854127303-270.png]]
2299 +XmlSerializer will expect an element named **input** to be an immediate child of the **SubmitXml** element in the SOAP body. The second method, **SubmitXmlAny**, will not care what the name of the child of the **SubmitXmlAny** element is. It will plug whatever XML is included into the input parameter. The message style from ASP.NET Help for the two methods is shown below. First we look at the message for the method without the **XmlAnyElement** attribute.
1981 1981  
1982 -The difference between the two is that for the first method, **SubmitXml**, the XmlSerializer will expect an element named **input** to be an immediate child of the **SubmitXml** element in the SOAP body. The second method, **SubmitXmlAny**, will not care what the name of the child of the **SubmitXmlAny** element is. It will plug whatever XML is included into the input parameter. The message style from ASP.NET Help for the two methods is shown below. First we look at the message for the method without the **XmlAnyElement** attribute.
1983 -
1984 -[[image:1747854163928-581.png]]
1985 -
1986 1986  Now we look at the message for the method that uses the **XmlAnyElement** attribute.
1987 1987  
1988 -[[image:1747854190641-364.png]]
1989 -
1990 -[[image:1747854236732-512.png]]
1991 -
1992 1992  The method decorated with the **XmlAnyElement** attribute has one fewer wrapping elements. Only an element with the name of the method wraps what is passed to the **input** parameter.
1993 1993  
1994 -For more information please consult: [[http:~~/~~/msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa480498.aspx>>http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa480498.aspx]]
2305 +For more information please consult:  [[http:~~/~~/msdn.microsoft.com/en>>url:http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa480498.aspx]][[->>url:http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa480498.aspx]][[us/library/aa480498.aspx>>url:http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa480498.aspx]][[url:http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa480498.aspx]]
1995 1995  
1996 1996  Furthermore at this point the problem with the different requests has been solved. However there is still the difference in the produced WSDL that has to be taken care. The automatic generated WSDL now doesn’t insert the extra element, but defines the content of the operation wrapper element as “xsd:any” type.
1997 1997  
1998 -[[image:1747854286398-614.png]]
1999 -
2000 2000  Without a common WSDL still the solution doesn’t enforce interoperability. In order to
2001 2001  
2002 2002  “fix” the WSDL, there two approaches. The first is to intervene in the generation process. This is a complicated approach, compared to the second approach, which overrides the generation process and returns the envisioned WSDL for the SDMX Web Service.
... ... @@ -2009,27 +2009,16 @@
2009 2009  
2010 2010  In the context of the SDMX Web Service, applying the above solution translates into the following:
2011 2011  
2012 -[[image:1747854385465-132.png]]
2013 -
2014 2014  The SOAP request/response will then be as follows:
2015 2015  
2016 2016  **GenericData Request**
2017 2017  
2018 -[[image:1747854406014-782.png]]
2019 -
2020 2020  **GenericData Response**
2021 2021  
2022 -[[image:1747854424488-855.png]]
2023 -
2024 2024  For overriding the automatically produced WSDL, in the solution explorer right click the project and select “Add” -> “New item…”. Then select the “Global Application Class”. This will create “.asax” class file in which the following code should replace the existing empty method:
2025 2025  
2026 -[[image:1747854453895-524.png]]
2027 -
2028 -[[image:1747854476631-125.png]]
2029 -
2030 2030  The SDMX_WSDL.wsdl should reside in the in the root directory of the application. After applying this solution the returned WSDL is the envisioned. Thus in the request message definition contains:
2031 2031  
2032 -[[image:1747854493363-776.png]]
2033 2033  
2034 2034  ----
2035 2035  
... ... @@ -2057,15 +2057,15 @@
2057 2057  
2058 2058  [[~[12~]>>path:#_ftnref12]] In case the invoked artefact is a VTL component, which can be invoked only within the invocation of a
2059 2059  
2060 -VTL data set (SDMX dataflow), the specific SDMX class-name (e.g. Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure or DataAttribute) can be deduced from the data structure of the SDMX Dataflow which the component belongs to.
2358 +VTL data set (SDMX dataflow), the specific SDMX class-name (e.g. Dimension, MeasureDimension, TimeDimension, PrimaryMeasure or DataAttribute) can be deduced from the data structure of the SDMX Dataflow which the component belongs to. 
2061 2061  
2062 -[[~[13~]>>path:#_ftnref13]] If the Agency is composite (for example AgencyA.Dept1.Unit2), the agency is considered different even if only part of the composite name is different (for example AgencyA.Dept1.Unit3 is a different Agency than the previous one). Moreover the agency-id cannot be omitted in part (i.e., if a TransformationScheme owned by AgencyA.Dept1.Unit2 references an artefact coming from AgencyA.Dept1.Unit3, the specification of the agency-id becomes mandatory and must be complete, without omitting the possibly equal parts like AgencyA.Dept1)
2360 +[[~[13~]>>path:#_ftnref13]] If the Agency is composite (for example AgencyA.Dept1.Unit2), the agency is considered different even if only part of the composite name is different (for example AgencyA.Dept1.Unit3 is a different Agency than the previous one). Moreover the agency-id cannot be omitted in part (i.e., if a  TransformationScheme owned by AgencyA.Dept1.Unit2 references an artefact coming from AgencyA.Dept1.Unit3, the specification of the agency-id becomes mandatory and must be complete, without omitting the possibly equal parts like AgencyA.Dept1)
2063 2063  
2064 2064  [[~[14~]>>path:#_ftnref14]] Single quotes are needed because this reference is not a VTL regular name.
2065 2065  
2066 2066  [[~[15~]>>path:#_ftnref15]] Single quotes are not needed in this case because CL_FREQ is a VTL regular name.
2067 2067  
2068 -[[~[16~]>>path:#_ftnref16]] The result DFR(1.0) is be equal to DF1(1.0) save that the component SECTOR is called SEC
2366 +[[~[16~]>>path:#_ftnref16]] The result DFR(1.0)  is be equal to DF1(1.0) save that the component SECTOR is called SEC
2069 2069  
2070 2070  [[~[17~]>>path:#_ftnref17]] Rulesets of this kind cannot be reused when the referenced Concept has a different representation.
2071 2071  
... ... @@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@
2081 2081  
2082 2082  [[~[23~]>>path:#_ftnref23]] The SDMX community is evaluating the opportunity of allowing more than one measure component in a DataStructureDefinition in the next SDMX major version.
2083 2083  
2084 -[[~[24~]>>path:#_ftnref24]] If future SDMX major versions will allow multi-measures data structures, this method is expected to become applicable even if the VTL data structure has more than one measure
2382 +[[~[24~]>>path:#_ftnref24]] If future SDMX major versions will allow multi-measures data structures, this method is expected to  become applicable even if the VTL data structure has more than one measure
2085 2085  
2086 2086  [[~[25~]>>path:#_ftnref25]] The kind of mapping explained here works in combination with a SDMX specific naming convention that requires pre-processing before parsing the VTL expressions. As highlighted below, the identifiers of the VTL datasets are a shortcut of some specific VTL operators applied to the SDMX Dataflows. This is not safe to use outside an SDMX context, as the naming convention may have no meaning there.
2087 2087  
... ... @@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@
2089 2089  
2090 2090  [[~[27~]>>path:#_ftnref27]] Please note that this kind of mapping is only an option at disposal of the definer of VTL Transformations; in fact it remains always possible to manipulate the needed parts of SDMX Dataflows by means of VTL operators (e.g. “sub”, “filter”, “calc”, “union” …), maintaining a mapping one-to-one between SDMX Dataflows and VTL datasets.
2091 2091  
2092 -[[~[28~]>>path:#_ftnref28]] This definition is made through the ToVtlSubspace and ToVtlSpaceKey classes and/or the FromVtlSuperspace and FromVtlSpaceKey classes, depending on the direction of the mapping (“key” means “dimension”). The mapping of Dataflow subsets can be applied independently in the two directions, also according to different Dimensions. When no Dimension is declared for a given direction, it is assumed that the option of mapping different parts of a SDMX Dataflow to different VTL datasets is not used.
2390 +[[~[28~]>>path:#_ftnref28]] This definition is made through the ToVtlSubspace and ToVtlSpaceKey classes and/or the FromVtlSuperspace  and FromVtlSpaceKey classes, depending on the direction of the mapping (“key” means “dimension”). The mapping of Dataflow subsets can be applied independently in the two directions, also according to different Dimensions.  When no Dimension is declared for a given direction, it is assumed that the option of mapping different parts of a SDMX Dataflow to different VTL datasets is not used.
2093 2093  
2094 2094  [[~[29~]>>path:#_ftnref29]] As a consequence of this formalism, a slash in the name of the VTL dataset assumes the specific meaning of separator between the name of the Dataflow and the values of some of its Dimensions.
2095 2095  
... ... @@ -2097,13 +2097,13 @@
2097 2097  
2098 2098  [[~[31~]>>path:#_ftnref31]] It should be remembered that, according to the VTL consistency rules, a given VTL dataset cannot be the result of more than one VTL transformation.
2099 2099  
2100 -[[~[32~]>>path:#_ftnref32]] If these dimensions would not be dropped, taking into account that the typical binary VTL operations at dataset level (+, -, *, / and so on) are executed on the observations having matching identifiers, the VTL datasets resulting from this kind of mapping would have non-matching values for the mapping dimensions (e.g. POPULATION and COUNTRY), therefore it would not be possible to compose the resulting VTL datasets one another (e.g. it would not be possible to calculate the population ratio between USA and CANADA). ^^ ^^
2398 +[[~[32~]>>path:#_ftnref32]] If these dimensions would not be dropped, taking into account that the typical binary VTL operations at dataset level (+, -, *, / and so on) are executed on the observations having matching identifiers, the VTL datasets resulting from this kind of mapping would have non-matching values for the mapping dimensions (e.g. POPULATION and COUNTRY), therefore it would not be possible to compose the resulting VTL datasets one another  (e.g. it would not be possible to calculate the population ratio between USA and CANADA). ^^ ^^
2101 2101  
2102 -[[~[33~]>>path:#_ftnref33]] In case the ordered concatenation notation is used, the VTL Transformation described above, e.g.
2400 +[[~[33~]>>path:#_ftnref33]] In case  the ordered concatenation notation is used, the VTL Transformation described above, e.g.
2103 2103  
2104 -‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.USA’ := DF1(1.0) [ sub INDICATOR=“POPULATION”, COUNTRY=“USA”], is implicitly executed and, in order to test the overall compliance of the VTL program to the VTL consistency rules, it has to be considered as part of the VTL program even if it is not explicitly coded.
2402 +‘DF1(1.0)/POPULATION.USA’ :=  DF1(1.0) [ sub  INDICATOR=“POPULATION”, COUNTRY=“USA”], is implicitly executed and, in order to test the overall compliance of the VTL program to the VTL consistency rules, it has to be considered as part of the VTL program even if it is not explicitly coded.
2105 2105  
2106 -[[~[34~]>>path:#_ftnref34]] If the whole DF2(1.0) is calculated by means of just one VTL transformation, then the mapping between the SDMX dataflow and the corresponding VTL dataset is one-to-one and this kind of mapping (one SDMX Dataflow to many VTL datasets) does not apply..
2404 +[[~[34~]>>path:#_ftnref34]] If the whole DF2(1.0) is calculated by means of just one VTL transformation,  then the mapping between the SDMX dataflow and the corresponding VTL dataset is one-to-one and this kind of mapping (one SDMX Dataflow to many VTL datasets) does not apply..
2107 2107  
2108 2108  [[~[35~]>>path:#_ftnref35]] This is possible as each VTL dataset corresponds to one particular combination of values of INDICATOR and COUNTRY
2109 2109  
... ... @@ -2122,5 +2122,3 @@
2122 2122  [[~[42~]>>path:#_ftnref42]] A Concept becomes a Component in a DataStructureDefinition, and Components can have different LocalRepresentations in different DataStructureDefinitions, also overriding the (possible) base representation of the Concept.
2123 2123  
2124 2124  [[~[43~]>>path:#_ftnref43]] The representation given in the DSD should obviously be compatible with the VTL data type.
2125 -
2126 -{{putFootnotes/}}
1747854006117-843.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -18.7 KB
Content
1747854039499-443.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -3.0 KB
Content
1747854067769-691.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -21.4 KB
Content
1747854096778-844.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -10.6 KB
Content
1747854127303-270.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -12.1 KB
Content
1747854163928-581.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -29.8 KB
Content
1747854190641-364.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -31.5 KB
Content
1747854236732-512.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -2.0 KB
Content
1747854286398-614.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747854385465-132.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747854406014-782.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747854424488-855.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747854453895-524.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747854476631-125.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747854493363-776.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747855024745-946.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747855054559-410.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747855075263-887.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747855402867-579.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747855462293-368.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747855493531-357.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747856459132-767.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747859398930-848.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747859458410-183.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747859612718-454.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -55.0 KB
Content
1747859722732-549.png
Author
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -xwiki:XWiki.helena
Size
... ... @@ -1,1 +1,0 @@
1 -18.8 KB
Content
© Semantic R&D Group, 2026